07.03.2014 Views

Sports Rehab Course Syllabus - ISAKOS

Sports Rehab Course Syllabus - ISAKOS

Sports Rehab Course Syllabus - ISAKOS

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

Create successful ePaper yourself

Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.

Global Perspectives for<br />

the Physical Therapist<br />

and Athletic Trainer<br />

Sunday, May 12–Tuesday, May 14, 2013<br />

<strong>Sports</strong> <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation<br />

Concurrent <strong>Course</strong><br />

www.isakos.com /2013congress<br />

5 | Questions? Email the <strong>ISAKOS</strong> office<br />

• isakos@isakos.com


Wireless Professional<br />

Functional <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation in Motion<br />

www.chattgroup.com<br />

The revolutionary new electrotherapy device, without cables!<br />

Created especially for professional therapists - enjoy autonomous, cable-free use, give patients the freedom to move and exercise<br />

during electrotherapy treatment, improve your practice, save time, and optimize patient results.<br />

With a sleek design, advanced interface, 71 specific treatment programs, and its unique in-built Muscle Intelligence technology,<br />

the Wireless Professional lets you deliver outstanding results by adapting to each patient’s individual physiology.<br />

Discover the Wireless Professional’s advantages at <strong>ISAKOS</strong>, Booth #515, and<br />

subscribe to the FREE lunchtime workshop on Monday 13th May.<br />

Chattanooga is a brand of DJO Global Inc. DJO Global provides solutions for musculoskeletal health, vascular<br />

health and pain management. Our products help prevent injuries or rehabilitate after surgery, injury or from<br />

degenerative disease, enabling patients to regain or maintain their natural motion. Visit www.DJOglobal.com


<strong>ISAKOS</strong> Congress 2013: <strong>Sports</strong> <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation Concurrent <strong>Course</strong><br />

Global Perspectives for the Physical Therapist and Athletic Trainer<br />

May 12-14, 2013 • Toronto, Canada<br />

May 12, 2013<br />

Dear Colleagues,<br />

On behalf of the course chairs, we welcome you to Toronto and to the <strong>ISAKOS</strong> <strong>Sports</strong> <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation Concurrent<br />

<strong>Course</strong>: Global Perspectives for the Physical Therapist and Athletic Trainer.<br />

This course brings together world leaders in sports medicine, physical therapy and athletic training to discuss the<br />

most prevalent and innovative topics related to your daily practice. Special consideration will be given to<br />

understanding different modalities and treatment strategies utilized in other nations when dealing with similar<br />

injuries, and topics such as returning an athlete to play, and the use and misuse of performance enhancement<br />

substances and techniques.<br />

Our goal is to give physicians, athletic trainers, physiotherapists and coaches concerned with the management<br />

or prevention of injuries to the team athlete new insight and up to date information from an international<br />

perspective. Speakers and topics have been selected that will provide an international and current perspective<br />

on a wide range of issues, including the management of knee, shoulder and elbow, hip, foot and ankle and<br />

muscle injuries in athletes.<br />

We have assembled an international faculty, including experts from around the world, presenting on their areas<br />

of expertise. We thank them in advance for their time and their presentations.<br />

Thank you for your participation, and we hope you find the <strong>ISAKOS</strong> <strong>Sports</strong> <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation Concurrent <strong>Course</strong>:<br />

Global Perspectives for the Physical Therapist and Athletic Trainer to be a valuable educational experience.<br />

Best Regards,<br />

Trevor Birmingham, BSc PT, PhD, CANADA<br />

Moises Cohen, MD, PhD BRAZIL<br />

James Irrgang, PT, PhD, ATC, FAPTA USA<br />

Lynn Snyder-Mackler, PT, ScD, FAPTA USA


<strong>ISAKOS</strong> Congress 2013: <strong>Sports</strong> <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation Concurrent <strong>Course</strong><br />

Global Perspectives for the Physical Therapist and Athletic Trainer<br />

May 12-14, 2013 • Toronto, Canada<br />

<strong>Course</strong> Chairs<br />

Trevor Birmingham, BSc PT, PhD, CANADA<br />

Moises Cohen, MD, PhD BRAZIL<br />

James Irrgang, PT, PhD, ATC, FAPTA USA<br />

Lynn Snyder-Mackler, PT, ScD, FAPTA USA<br />

Faculty<br />

Greg Alcock, MScPT, BHScPT, BA HonsPE, Dip. Manip., FCA CANADA<br />

Annunziato Amendola, MD USA<br />

James Andrews, MD USA<br />

Michael Axe, MD USA<br />

Klaus Bak, MD DENMARK<br />

Eduardo Benegas, MD BRAZIL<br />

Mario Bizzini, PT, PhD SWITZERLAND<br />

Gary Calabrese, PT USA<br />

Constance Chu, MD USA<br />

Ramon Cugat, MD, PhD SPAIN<br />

George Davies, DPT, PT, ATC, CSCS USA<br />

David Dejour, MD FRANCE<br />

Benno Ejnisman, MD BRAZIL<br />

Lars Engebretsen, MD, PhD NORWAY<br />

Keelan Enseki, MS,PT,OCS,SCS,ATC,CSCS USA<br />

Julian Feller, FRACS AUSTRALIA<br />

Reed Ferber, ATC, PhD CANADA<br />

Freddie Fu, MD USA<br />

J. Robert Giffin, MD, FRCSC CANADA<br />

Christopher Harner, MD USA<br />

Timothy Hewett, PhD USA<br />

Per Hölmich, MD DENMARK<br />

Johnny Huard, PhD USA<br />

Elizaveta Kon, MD ITALY<br />

Robert LaPrade, MD, PhD USA<br />

Joy Macdermid, PT, PhD CANADA<br />

John Nyland, EdD, DPT USA<br />

Marc Philippon, MD USA<br />

May Arna Risberg, PhD NORWAY<br />

Kathryn Schneider, PT, DSc, FCAMT, PhD CANADA<br />

Karin Gravare Silbernagel, PhD, PT, ATC USA<br />

Guy Simoneau, PT, PhD USA<br />

Kevin Wilk, PT, DPT, FAPTA USA


<strong>ISAKOS</strong> Congress <strong>Sports</strong> <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation Concurrent <strong>Course</strong>:<br />

Global Perspectives for the Physical Therapist and Athletic Trainer<br />

May 12-14, 2013 • Toronto, Canada<br />

Financial Disclosure<br />

Each participant in the <strong>ISAKOS</strong> Biennial Congress has been asked to disclose if he or she has received<br />

something of value from a commercial company or institution, which relates directly or indirectly to the<br />

subject of their presentation. <strong>ISAKOS</strong> has identified the option to disclose as follows:<br />

1 Royalties<br />

2 Speaker<br />

3a Employee<br />

3b Paid Consultant<br />

3c Unpaid Consultant<br />

4 Stock<br />

5 Research or Institutional Support<br />

6 Financial or Material Support<br />

7 Royalties (Publisher)<br />

8 Editorial or Governing Board of Medical or Orthopaedic Publication<br />

9 Board of Directors, Owner or Officer for Healthcare Organization<br />

<strong>ISAKOS</strong> does not view the existence of these disclosed interests or commitments as necessarily implying<br />

bias or decreasing the value of the author’s participation in the <strong>ISAKOS</strong> Biennial Congress. An indication<br />

of the participant’s financial disclosure appears after their name, as well as the commercial company or<br />

institution that provided the support.<br />

<strong>Course</strong> Chairs<br />

Disclosure<br />

Birmingham, Trevor B.<br />

5 - Arthrex Inc.<br />

Cohen, Moises<br />

Nothing to Disclose<br />

Irrgang, James J.<br />

9 - President of the Orthopaedic Section of the American Physical<br />

Therapy Association<br />

Snyder-Mackler, Lynn<br />

Nothing to Disclose<br />

Faculty<br />

Disclosure<br />

Alcock, Greg<br />

Nothing to Disclose<br />

Amendola, Annunziato<br />

1 - Arthrex; Arthrosurface; 3b - Arthrex; MTP Solutions<br />

Andrews, James R. 3b - Bauerfiend, Biomet <strong>Sports</strong> Medicine, Theralase, MiMe; 4 -<br />

Patient Connection, Connective Orthopaedics - Stockholder; 6 -<br />

Medical Director, Physiotherapy Associates; 9 - Fast Health<br />

Corporation-Board Member<br />

Axe, Michael James<br />

Nothing to Disclose<br />

Bain, Gregory Ian<br />

Nothing to Disclose<br />

Bak, Klaus<br />

Nothing to Disclose<br />

Benegas, Eduardo<br />

No Disclosure Provided<br />

Bizzini, Mario<br />

Nothing to Disclose<br />

Calabrese, Gary<br />

Nothing to Disclose<br />

Chu, Constance R.<br />

Nothing to Disclose<br />

Cugat, Ramon<br />

Nothing to Disclose<br />

Davies, George J.<br />

Nothing to Disclose<br />

Dejour, David Henri<br />

1 - Tornier, SBM<br />

Ejnisman, Benno<br />

Tellus Brazil


<strong>ISAKOS</strong> Congress <strong>Sports</strong> <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation Concurrent <strong>Course</strong>:<br />

Global Perspectives for the Physical Therapist and Athletic Trainer<br />

May 12-14, 2013 • Toronto, Canada<br />

Enseki, Keelan Ryan<br />

Nothing to Disclose<br />

Feller, Julian A.<br />

3b - Tornier, Stryker<br />

Ferber, Reed<br />

Nothing to Disclose<br />

Fu, Freddie H. 1 - ArthroCare - Fund Deposited to Univ of Pittburgh Account; 3a -<br />

Gordon Fu - Stryker Employee (son); 8 - Editor: Operative<br />

Techniques in Orthopaedics<br />

Giffin, J. Robert<br />

1 - Arthrex; 3b - Arthrex; 5 - Arthrex<br />

Gravare Silbernagel, Karin<br />

5 - LiteCure LLC<br />

Harner, Christopher D.<br />

5 - ConMed Linvatec, Smith & Nephew; 7 - Wolters Kluher; 9 - MTF<br />

Board of Directors, AOSSM Executive Committee, AOA<br />

Membership Committee<br />

Holme, Ingard<br />

No Disclosure Provided<br />

Hölmich, Per<br />

Nothing to Disclose<br />

Huard, Johnny<br />

3b - Cook Myosite<br />

Kon, Elizaveta<br />

2 - Fidia; 3b - Cartiheal (Israel); Finceramica<br />

LaPrade, Robert F.<br />

3b - Arthrex; 6 - Arthrex; 7 - Arthrex, Linvatec, Smith & Nephew<br />

Logerstedt, David<br />

Nothing to Disclose<br />

MacDermid, Joy<br />

7 - Slack, Evidence-based <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation; 8 - JOSPT, J Hand Ther,<br />

Journal of Physiotherapy; 9 - AAHS<br />

Philippon, Marc J.<br />

1 - Smith & Nephew, Arthosurface, Bledsoe, DonJoy; 3b - Smith &<br />

Nephew, MIS; 4 - HIPCO, Arthrosurface; 7 - Slack, Elsevier; 8 - ; 9 -<br />

ISHA, Steadman Philippon Research Institute<br />

Risberg, May Arna<br />

Nothing to Disclose<br />

Schneider, Kathryn<br />

Nothing to Disclose<br />

Simoneau, Guy<br />

7 - Journal of Orthopaedic & <strong>Sports</strong> Physical Therapy; 8 - Journal of<br />

Orthopaedic & <strong>Sports</strong> Physical Therapy<br />

Wilk, Kevin<br />

3c - Advisory Boards - Alter G. Treadmill , Intelliskin; 4 - Theralase<br />

Lasers; 5 - Educational Grants - Dynasplint, JAS, ERMI; 7 - WB<br />

Saunders, Elsevier<br />

<strong>ISAKOS</strong> Staff<br />

Disclosure<br />

Anderson, Kathryn<br />

Nothing to Disclose<br />

Festo, Donna<br />

Nothing to Disclose<br />

Galstan, Beverlee<br />

Nothing to Disclose<br />

Reyes, Kathleen<br />

Nothing to Disclose<br />

Johnson, Michele<br />

Nothing to Disclose<br />

Matthews, Hilary<br />

Nothing to Disclose<br />

Warden, April<br />

Nothing to Disclose


<strong>ISAKOS</strong> Congress <strong>Sports</strong> <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation Concurrent <strong>Course</strong>:<br />

Global Perspectives for the Physical Therapist and Athletic Trainer<br />

May 12-14, 2013 • Toronto, Canada<br />

CME Hours<br />

The <strong>ISAKOS</strong> <strong>Sports</strong> <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation Concurrent <strong>Course</strong>: Global Perspectives for the Physical Therapist and<br />

Athletic Trainer is planned and implemented in accordance with the essential areas and policies of the<br />

Accreditation Council for Continuing Medical Education (ACCME) through joint sponsorship.<br />

CME Accreditation<br />

This activity has been planned and implemented in accordance with the Essential Areas and policies of<br />

the Accreditation Council for Continuing Medical Education (ACCME) through joint sponsorship of the<br />

American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons (AAOS) and the International Society of Arthroscopy, Knee<br />

Surgery and Orthopaedic <strong>Sports</strong> Medicine (<strong>ISAKOS</strong>).<br />

The AAOS is accredited by the ACCME to sponsor continuing medical education for physicians.<br />

The American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons designates this live activity for a maximum of 22.5<br />

AMA PRA Category 1 Credits. Physicians should only claim credit commensurate with the extent of<br />

their participation in the activity.<br />

<strong>Course</strong> Objectives<br />

Upon completion of this course, participants should be able to:<br />

• Describe current developments in the management of knee, shoulder and elbow, hip, foot and<br />

ankle and muscle injuries in athletes<br />

• Better evaluate and manage sideline or onsite issues in sports medicine<br />

• Describe controversial issues concerning return to play in athletic events<br />

• Understand different modalities and treatment strategies utilized in other nations when dealing<br />

with similar injuries<br />

• Improve technical knowledge of the athlete’s sports return<br />

• Discuss the use and misuse of performance enhancement substances and techniques


<strong>ISAKOS</strong> Congress <strong>Sports</strong> <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation Concurrent <strong>Course</strong>:<br />

Global Perspectives for the Physical Therapist and Athletic Trainer<br />

May 12-14, 2013 • Toronto, Canada<br />

<strong>ISAKOS</strong> thanks DJO Global for their generous donation to the<br />

<strong>ISAKOS</strong> Congress <strong>Sports</strong> <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation Concurrent <strong>Course</strong>: Global Perspectives for the Physical Therapist<br />

and Athletic Trainer.<br />

Their sponsorship allows this concurrent course to be more affordable to our attendees and we would<br />

not have been able to organize this course without their support.<br />

DJO Global is a leading global developer, manufacturer and distributor of high-quality medical devices<br />

and services that provide solutions for musculoskeletal health, vascular health and pain management.<br />

The Company’s products address the continuum of patient care from injury prevention to rehabilitation<br />

after surgery, injury or from degenerative disease, enabling people to regain or maintain their natural<br />

motion. Our products are used by orthopaedic specialists, spine surgeons, primary care physicians, pain<br />

management specialists, physical therapists, podiatrists, chiropractors, athletic trainers and other<br />

healthcare professionals. In addition, many of the Company’s medical devices and related accessories are<br />

used by athletes and patients for injury prevention and at-home physical therapy treatment. The<br />

Company’s product lines include rigid and soft orthopaedic bracing, hot and cold therapy, bone growth<br />

stimulators, vascular therapy systems and compression garments, electrical stimulators used for pain<br />

management and physical therapy products. The Company’s surgical division offers a comprehensive<br />

suite of reconstructive joint products for the hip, knee and shoulder. DJO Global’s products are marketed<br />

under a portfolio of brands including Aircast®, Chattanooga, CMF, Compex®, DJO Surgical, DonJoy®,<br />

Empi® and ProCare®. For additional information on the Company, please visit www.DJOglobal.com.


Agenda


CONCURRENT COURSE AGENDA<br />

<strong>ISAKOS</strong> Congress 2013: <strong>Sports</strong> <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation Concurrent <strong>Course</strong><br />

Global Perspectives for the Physical Therapist and Athletic Trainer<br />

May 12-14, 2013 • Toronto, Canada<br />

SUNDAY, MAY 12<br />

8:30 - 9:00 Welcome Address<br />

Chair: Trevor Birmingham, PT, PhD CANADA<br />

Chair: James Irrgang, PT, PhD, ATC, FAPTA USA<br />

Chair: Lynn Snyder-Mackler, PT, ScD, FAPTA USA<br />

8:45 - 9:00 Evidence Based <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation - The View of a Journal Editor<br />

Guy Simoneau, PT, PhD USA<br />

9:00 - 10:30 Session I: Knee - <strong>Sports</strong> Medicine<br />

Moderators: Trevor Birmingham, PT, PhD CANADA<br />

James Irrgang, PT, PhD, ATC, FAPTA USA<br />

9:00 - 9:30 Running After Knee Injury<br />

Reed Ferber, ATC, PhD CANADA<br />

9:30 - 9:45 Biomechanics of Exercise for the Knee and Lower Extremity<br />

Trevor Birmingham, PT, PhD CANADA<br />

9:45 - 10:00 Non-Operative Management of ACL Injuries<br />

Lynn Snyder-Mackler, PT, ScD, FAPTA USA<br />

10:00 - 10:15 Anatomic ACL Reconstruction<br />

Freddie Fu, MD USA<br />

10:15 - 10:30 Discussion<br />

Trevor Birmingham, PT, PhD CANADA<br />

Reed Ferber, ATC, PhD CANADA<br />

Freddie Fu, MD USA<br />

Lynn Snyder-Mackler, PT, ScD, FAPTA USA<br />

10:30 - 10:45 Break<br />

10:45 - 12:00 Section II: Knee - <strong>Sports</strong> Medicine<br />

Moderators: Greg Alcock, MScP.T.,BHSc.P.T., B.A. Hons.P.E., Dip. Manip.,FCA<br />

CANADA<br />

Lynn Snyder-Mackler, PT, ScD, FAPTA USA<br />

10:45 - 11:00 Immediate Post-Operative <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation After ACL Reconstruction<br />

James Irrgang, PT, PhD, ATC, FAPTA USA<br />

11:00 - 11:15 Intermediate and Late Stages of <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation After ACL Reconstruction<br />

Kevin Wilk, PT, DPT, FAPTA USA<br />

11:15 - 11:30 Return to <strong>Sports</strong> After ACL Reconstruction: A Surgeon's Perspective<br />

Julian Feller, FRACS AUSTRALIA<br />

11:30 - 11:45 Functional Training and Return to Activity<br />

John Nyland, EdD, DPT USA<br />

11:45 - 12:00 Discussion<br />

Julian Feller, FRACS AUSTRALIA<br />

James Irrgang, PT, PhD, ATC, FAPTA USA<br />

John Nyland, EdD, DPT USA<br />

Kevin Wilk, PT, DPT, FAPTA USA


12:00 - 1:30 Lunch<br />

<strong>ISAKOS</strong> Congress 2013: <strong>Sports</strong> <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation Concurrent <strong>Course</strong><br />

Global Perspectives for the Physical Therapist and Athletic Trainer<br />

May 12-14, 2013 • Toronto, Canada<br />

1:30 - 3:00 Session III: Knee - <strong>Sports</strong> Medicine<br />

Moderators: George Davies, DPT, PT, ATC, CSCS USA<br />

Mario Bizzini, PT, PhD SWITZERLAND<br />

1:30 - 1:45 Procedure Modified <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation<br />

James Irrgang, PT, PhD, ATC, FAPTA USA<br />

1:45 - 2:00 High Tibial Osteotomy in the Athlete's Knee - <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation and Biomechanics<br />

Trevor Birmingham, PT, PhD CANADA<br />

2:00 - 2:15 High Tibial Osteotomy in the Athlete's Knee<br />

J. Robert Giffin, MD, FRCSC CANADA<br />

2:15 - 2:30 Multiple Ligament Injury<br />

Christopher Harner, MD USA<br />

2:30 - 2:45 PCL and PLC Reconstruction<br />

Robert LaPrade, MD, PhD USA<br />

2:45 - 3:00 Discussion<br />

Trevor Birmingham, PT, PhD CANADA<br />

J. Robert Giffin, MD, FRCSC CANADA<br />

Christopher Harner, MD USA<br />

James Irrgang, PT, PhD, ATC, FAPTA USA<br />

Robert LaPrade, MD, PhD USA<br />

3:00 - 3:30 Break<br />

3:30 - 5:00 Session IV: Knee - <strong>Sports</strong> Medicine<br />

Moderators: May Arna Risberg, PhD NORWAY<br />

John Nyland, EdD, DPT USA<br />

3:30 - 3:45 Meniscus Repair and ACL Reconstruction in Athletes<br />

Moises Cohen, MD, PhD BRAZIL<br />

3:45 - 4:00 <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation for Meniscus Injuries<br />

James Irrgang, PT, PhD, ATC, FAPTA USA<br />

4:00 - 4:15 Non-Operative Management of Patellofemoral Pain<br />

Greg Alcock, MScP.T.,BHSc.P.T., B.A. Hons.P.E., Dip. Manip.,FCA CANADA<br />

4:15 - 4:30 Surgical Management of Patellofemoral Pain and Instability<br />

David Dejour, MD FRANCE<br />

4:30 - 4:45 Core Stabilization and Knee Injury Prevention<br />

Timothy Hewett, PhD USA<br />

4:45 - 5:00 Discussion<br />

Greg Alcock, MScPT,BHScPT, BA HonsPE, Dip. Manip.,FCA CANADA<br />

Moises Cohen, MD, PhD BRAZIL<br />

David Dejour, MD FRANCE<br />

Timothy Hewett, PhD USA<br />

James Irrgang, PT, PhD, ATC, FAPTA USA


<strong>ISAKOS</strong> Congress 2013: <strong>Sports</strong> <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation Concurrent <strong>Course</strong><br />

Global Perspectives for the Physical Therapist and Athletic Trainer<br />

May 12-14, 2013 • Toronto, Canada<br />

MONDAY, MAY 13<br />

8:30 - 10:00 Session V: Degenerative Knee<br />

Moderators: James Irrgang, PT, PhD, ATC, FAPTA USA<br />

Reed Ferber, ATC, PhD CANADA<br />

8:30 - 8:45 Overview of Articular Cartilage Surgery<br />

Ramon Cugat, MD, PhD SPAIN<br />

8:45 - 9:00 <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation After Articular Cartilage Surgery<br />

Lynn Snyder-Mackler, PT, ScD, FAPTA USA<br />

9:00 - 9:15 Non-Operative Management of Knee Osteoarthritis<br />

May Arna Risberg, PhD NORWAY<br />

9:15 - 9:30 Surgical Options for Osteoarthritis<br />

Robert LaPrade, MD, PhD USA<br />

9:30 - 9:45 Functional Testing Algorithm for the Knee<br />

George Davies, DPT, PT, ATC, CSCS USA<br />

9:45 - 10:00 Discussion<br />

Ramon Cugat, MD, PhD SPAIN<br />

George Davies, DPT, PT, ATC, CSCS USA<br />

May Arna Risberg, PhD NORWAY<br />

Robert LaPrade, MD, PhD USA<br />

10:00 - 10:30 Break<br />

10:30 - 11:45 Session VI: Hip<br />

Moderators: Ingard Holme, Professor NORWAY<br />

Kevin Wilk, PT, DPT, FAPTA USA<br />

10:30 - 10:45 Growth Factors and Healing<br />

Elizaveta Kon, MD ITALY<br />

10:45 - 11:00 Non-Operative Treatment of Extra-Articular Hip Pain<br />

Keelan Enseki, MS,PT,OCS,SCS,ATC,CSCS USA<br />

11:00 - 11:15 Hip Arthroscopy<br />

Marc Philippon, MD USA<br />

11:15 - 11:30 <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation After Hip Arthroscopy<br />

Keelan Enseki, MS,PT,OCS,SCS,ATC,CSCS USA<br />

11:30 - 11:45 Discussion<br />

Keelan Enseki, MS,PT,OCS,SCS,ATC,CSCS USA<br />

Elizaveta Kon, MD ITALY<br />

Marc Philippon, MD USA<br />

11:45 - 1:30 Lunch / Lunchtime Lecture<br />

A New and More Effective Way to do Functional <strong>Rehab</strong> – The Role of Wireless Active<br />

Muscle Stim<br />

Supported by and educational grant from DJO Global<br />

Heiko van Vliet, Bachelor Physical Education<br />

Chattanooga Expert Electrotherapy <strong>Rehab</strong> & Training


<strong>ISAKOS</strong> Congress 2013: <strong>Sports</strong> <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation Concurrent <strong>Course</strong><br />

Global Perspectives for the Physical Therapist and Athletic Trainer<br />

May 12-14, 2013 • Toronto, Canada<br />

1:30 - 3:00 Session VII: Muscle and Tendon <strong>Sports</strong> Injuries<br />

Moderators: Keelan Enseki, MS,PT,OCS,SCS,ATC,CSCS USA<br />

Gary Calabrese, PT USA<br />

1:30 - 1:45 Evidence Based Prevention of Muscle and Tendon Injuries in Soccer Players<br />

Per Hölmich, MD DENMARK<br />

1:45 - 2:00 <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation of Groin Pain and Athletic Pubalgia<br />

Mario Bizzini, PT, PhD SWITZERLAND<br />

2:00 - 2:15 <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation of Hamstring, Quadriceps and Gastrocnemius Strains<br />

Mario Bizzini, PT, PhD SWITZERLAND<br />

2:15 - 2:30 Treatment Options for Tendinopathy: What is the Evidence<br />

Karin Gravare Silbernagel, PhD, PT, ATC USA<br />

2:30 - 2:45 Muscle Healing and Regeneration<br />

Johnny Huard, PhD USA<br />

2:45 - 3:00 Discussion<br />

Mario Bizzini, PT, PhD SWITZERLAND<br />

Karin Gravare Silbernagel, PhD, PT, ATC USA<br />

Per Hölmich, MD DENMARK<br />

Johnny Huard, PhD USA<br />

3:00 - 3:30 Break<br />

3:30 - 4:45 Session VIII: Foot and Ankle<br />

Moderator: Greg Alcock, MScP.T.,BHSc.P.T., B.A. Hons.P.E., Dip. Manip.,FCA<br />

CANADA<br />

3:30 - 3:45 Orthopaedic Management of Ankle Instability<br />

Annunziato Amendola, MD USA<br />

3:45 - 4:00 Non-Operative Management of Ankle Sprains<br />

Gary Calabrese, PT USA<br />

4:00 - 4:15 Achilles Tendinopathy<br />

Karin Gravare Silbernagel, PhD, PT, ATC USA<br />

4:15 - 4:30 <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation After Achilles Tendon Repair<br />

Karin Gravare Silbernagel, PhD, PT, ATC USA<br />

4:30 - 4:45 Discussion<br />

Annunziato Amendola, MD USA<br />

Gary Calabrese, PT USA<br />

Karin Gravare Silbernagel, PhD, PT, ATC USA


<strong>ISAKOS</strong> Congress 2013: <strong>Sports</strong> <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation Concurrent <strong>Course</strong><br />

Global Perspectives for the Physical Therapist and Athletic Trainer<br />

May 12-14, 2013 • Toronto, Canada<br />

TUESDAY, MAY 14<br />

8:30 - 10:15 Session IX: Elbow<br />

Moderator: Karin Gravare Silbernagel, PhD, PT, ATC USA<br />

8:30 - 8:45 Elbow Anatomy<br />

Gregory Bain, MB BS, FRACS, PhD AUSTRALIA<br />

8:45 - 9:00 Elbow Arthroscopy<br />

Benno Ejnisman, MD BRAZIL<br />

9:00 - 9:15 Elbow Instability<br />

James Andrews, MD USA<br />

9:15- 9:30 Medial and Lateral Epicondilitis of the Elbow<br />

Eduardo Benegas, MD BRAZIL<br />

9:30 - 9:45 <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation After Ulnar Collateral Ligament Reconstruction<br />

Kevin Wilk, PT, DPT, FAPTA USA<br />

9:45 - 10:00 Management of Tennis Elbow<br />

Joy Macdermid, PT, PhD CANADA<br />

10:00 - 10:15 Discussion<br />

James Andrews, MD USA<br />

Eduardo Benegas, MD BRAZIL<br />

Benno Ejnisman, MD BRAZIL<br />

Joy Macdermid, PT, PhD CANADA<br />

Kevin Wilk, PT, DPT, FAPTA USA<br />

10:15 - 10:45 Break<br />

10:45 - 12:00 Session X: Shoulder<br />

Moderator: Kevin Wilk, PT, DPT, FAPTA USA<br />

10:45 - 11:00 Shoulder Anatomy<br />

James Irrgang, PT, PhD, ATC, FAPTA USA<br />

11:00 - 11:15 Biomechanics of Shoulder Function<br />

James Irrgang, PT, PhD, ATC, FAPTA USA<br />

11:15 - 11:30 Throwing Progression for Youth <strong>Sports</strong><br />

Michael Axe, MD USA<br />

11:30 - 11:45 Functional Testing Algorithm for the Shoulder<br />

George Davies, DPT, PT, ATC, CSCS USA<br />

11:45 - 12:00 Discussion<br />

Michael Axe, MD USA<br />

George Davies, DPT, PT, ATC, CSCS USA<br />

James Irrgang, PT, PhD, ATC, FAPTA USA<br />

12:00 - 1:30 Lunch and Lunchtime Session<br />

12:00 - 1:30 Role of Radial Shockwave Therapy in the PT Practice –<br />

Practical Use in Evidence-based Indications<br />

Supported by and educational grant from DJO Global<br />

Freddy Romano, MSc Physical Therapy and Biomedical Physics


<strong>ISAKOS</strong> Congress 2013: <strong>Sports</strong> <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation Concurrent <strong>Course</strong><br />

Global Perspectives for the Physical Therapist and Athletic Trainer<br />

May 12-14, 2013 • Toronto, Canada<br />

1:30 - 3:00 Session XI: Shoulder<br />

Moderators: George Davies, DPT, PT, ATC, CSCS USA<br />

David Logerstedt, PT, PhD USA<br />

1:30 - 1:45 Operative Management of Shoulder Instability<br />

Klaus Bak, MD DENMARK<br />

1:45 - 2:00 Post Operative <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation After Rotator Cuff Repair<br />

Kevin Wilk, PT, DPT, FAPTA USA<br />

2:00 - 2:15 Treatment of Stiff Shoulder<br />

James Irrgang, PT, PhD, ATC, FAPTA USA<br />

2:15 - 2:30 Scapular Disfunction<br />

George Davies, DPT, PT, ATC, CSCS USA<br />

2:30 - 2:45 SLAP Lesions<br />

Kevin Wilk, PT, DPT, FAPTA USA<br />

2:45 - 3:00 Discussion<br />

Klaus Bak, MD DENMARK<br />

George Davies, DPT, PT, ATC, CSCS USA<br />

James Irrgang, PT, PhD, ATC, FAPTA USA<br />

Kevin Wilk, PT, DPT, FAPTA USA<br />

3:00 - 3:30 Break<br />

3:30 - 4:30 Session XII: <strong>Sports</strong> Medicine<br />

Moderators: Kevin Wilk, PT, DPT, FAPTA USA<br />

Mario Bizzini, PT, PhD SWITZERLAND<br />

3:30 - 3:45 Olympic <strong>Sports</strong> Medicine: Lessons from London<br />

Lars Engebretsen, MD, PhD NORWAY<br />

3:45 - 4:00 PT Management of Concussion<br />

Kathryn Schneider, PT, DSc, FCAMT, PhD, CANADA<br />

4:00 - 4:15 The Future of Joint Healing<br />

Constance Chu, MD USA<br />

4:15 - 4:30 Discussion<br />

Constance Chu, MD USA<br />

Lars Engebretsen, MD, PhD NORWAY<br />

Kathryn Schneider, PT, DSc, FCAMT, PhD, CANADA<br />

4:30 - 5:00 Closing Remarks<br />

Chair: Trevor Birmingham, PT, PhD CANADA<br />

Chair: Moises Cohen, MD, PhD BRAZIL<br />

Chair: James Irrgang, PT, PhD, ATC, FAPTA USA<br />

Chair: Lynn Snyder-Mackler, PT, ScD, FAPTA USA


Session I<br />

Knee - <strong>Sports</strong><br />

Medicine


Evidence-Based <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation – A Journal Editor’s Point of View<br />

Guy G. Simoneau, PhD, PT, ATC<br />

Editor-in-Chief, Journal of Orthopaedic & <strong>Sports</strong> Physical Therapy (JOSPT)<br />

Professor, Physical Therapy Department, Marquette University, USA<br />

Over the past few years, we have witnessed an exponential growth in musculoskeletal<br />

rehabilitation publications considered to be near the top of the evidence-based practice pyramid:<br />

randomized controlled trials, systematic literature reviews, and clinical practice guidelines. A<br />

more global view of the literature also shows a growing recognition of the importance of<br />

knowledge across the broader spectrum of evidence, including important areas of clinical<br />

management such as diagnosis, prognosis, prevention, and harm, in addition to the more<br />

commonly mentioned area of therapy. This broader view of the literature calls attention to the<br />

fact that not all clinical questions can be answered with the same standard research<br />

design. Noteworthy is also the increasingly higher standards placed on research methodologies<br />

as well as the publicly available tools that can help authors meet these standards. Similarly,<br />

advances in technology continue to support researchers who are asking questions that are often<br />

mechanistic in nature; their findings being critical to guiding clinical decision-making and the<br />

design of eventual clinical studies.


Running After Knee Injury<br />

Dr. Reed Ferber holds a Ph.D. in sports medicine and gait<br />

biomechanics from the University of Oregon and he is a board<br />

certified athletic therapist. He has completed post-doctoral<br />

research fellowships at the University of Delaware and the<br />

University of Calgary and specializes in the research and clinical<br />

treatment of lower extremity injuries. He is the Director of the<br />

Running Injury Clinic and an Associate Professor in the Faculties of<br />

Kinesiology and Nursing at the University of Calgary. Dr. Ferber is<br />

also a Population Health Investigator through the Alberta Heritage<br />

Foundation for Medical Research.<br />

In the past few years, several research studies from our lab, and<br />

labs around the world, have investigated the pathomechanics<br />

associated with running-related knee injuries. Of most concern is<br />

the research question: how do movement mechanics change as a<br />

result of injury and what are the optimal rehabilitation protocols to<br />

treat the injury and prevent injury reoccurrence? The purpose of<br />

this talk is to provide an overview of these research studies and<br />

discuss the role of muscle strengthening in the treatment and<br />

prevention of musculoskeletal injuries.


BIOMECHANICS OF EXERCISE FOR THE KNEE AND LOWER EXTREMITY<br />

Trevor Birmingham PhD, PT Fowler Kennedy Sport Medicine Clinic, London, ON Canada<br />

INTRODUCTION<br />

The purpose of this presentation is to outline some of the different types of biomechanical<br />

investigations used to inform rehabilitation methods, and highlight examples that have<br />

influenced clinical practice.<br />

BIOMECHANICAL INVESTIGATIONS<br />

Motion analysis labs capable of measuring 3D kinematics and kinetics during human<br />

locomotion, often in combination with EMG, are used extensively. These investigations rely<br />

on accurate measurements of body-segmental motion, the forces applied to the body, and<br />

precise knowledge of the anatomy (Pandy & Andriacchi 2010).<br />

3D positions and orientations of the body segments are most often measured using videobased<br />

motion-capture systems that monitor markers placed on the skin, while force<br />

platforms concurrently measure ground reaction forces during various activities (Pandy &<br />

Andriacchi 2010).<br />

Advanced methods exist to quantify joint motion using dynamic radiography (x-ray<br />

fluoroscopy), dynamic MRI and dynamic CT (Farrokhi et al. 2012; Goyal et al. 2012; Powers<br />

2003; Kalia et al. 2009).<br />

Some researchers have developed ways to directly measure knee joint forces in vivo using a<br />

total knee joint replacement telemetric implant, (Halder et al. 2012) and directly measure<br />

ACL strain using a transducer temporarily implanted arthroscopically (Fleming et al. 2001).<br />

Finite element analysis (FEA) is a mathematical technique that can be applied to joint<br />

images (CT and MRI) to model stresses and strains. The technique is growing in popularity<br />

with advances in imaging and computing power (Bei & Fregly 2004).<br />

These biomechanical measures (i.e. motion-capture, ground reaction forces, EMG, dynamic<br />

imaging, forces measured in vivo, FEA) can all provide important information independently,<br />

and may also be combined in computational models of varying complexity. There are<br />

considerable strengths and important limitations to all of these approaches.


EXAMPLE INFLUENCES ON REHABILITATION<br />

Biomechanical studies describing ACL strain and modeled ACL loads during open and closed<br />

kinetic chain exercises have helped guide exercise selection and parameters (Fleming et al.<br />

2005; Escamilla et al. 2012). Results of clinical trials vary, but including both open and closed<br />

kinetic chain exercises at appropriate time points after ACL reconstruction has been<br />

proposed (Mikkelsen et al. 2000).<br />

Biomechanical studies have emphasized the influence of proximal segments (hip, pelvis,<br />

trunk) on the knee. Implications on rehabilitation for tibiofemoral OA, the ACL, the<br />

patellofemoral joint and the iliotibial band have all been described (Crossley et al. 2012;<br />

Hewett et al. 2013; Powers 2010; Sritharan et al. 2012).<br />

An increasing focus of biomechanical and clinical studies is on the control of movement<br />

patterns during dynamic and sporting activities. Based on these findings, interventions<br />

focused on neuromuscular control and perturbation training are encouraged (Adams et al.<br />

2012; Hewett et al. 2013; Powers 2010).<br />

Exercise and rehabilitation goals may include weight-loss in patients who are overweight.<br />

Biomechanical studies have demonstrated a substantial decrease in knee joint load per step<br />

for each kilogram decrease in weight (Messier et al. 2005).<br />

References<br />

Adams, D., Logerstedt, D., Hunter-Giordano, A., Axe, M. J., Snyder-Mackler, L. (2012). Current<br />

concepts for anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction: a criterion-based rehabilitation<br />

progression. Journal of Orthopaedic and <strong>Sports</strong> Physical Therapy. 42:601-614.<br />

Bei, Y., and Fregly, B. J. (2004). Multibody dynamic simulation of knee contact mechanics.<br />

Medical Engineering and Physics. 26:777-789.<br />

Crossley, K. M., Dorn, T. W., Ozturk, H., van den Noort, J., Schache, A. G., and Pandy, M. G.<br />

(2012). Altered hip muscle forces during gait in people with patellofemoral<br />

osteoarthritis. Osteoarthritis and Cartilage. 20:1243-1249.<br />

Escamilla, R.F., Macleod T.D., Wilk K.E., Paulos L., Andrews J.R. (2012). Anterior cruciate<br />

ligament strain and tensile forces for weight-bearing and non-weight-bearing exercises:<br />

a guide to exercise selection. Journal of Orthopaedic and <strong>Sports</strong> Physical Therapy.<br />

42:208-220.<br />

Farrokhi, S., Tashman, S., Gil, A. B., Klatt, B. A., and Fitzgerald, G. K. (2012). Are the kinematics<br />

of the knee joint altered during the loading response phase of gait in individuals with<br />

concurrent knee osteoarthritis and complaints of joint instability? A dynamic stereo X-<br />

ray study. Clinical Biomechanics. 27:384-389.<br />

Fleming, B. C., Oksendahl, H., and Beynnon, B. D. (2005). Open- or closed-kinetic chain exercises<br />

after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction? Exercise and Sport Sciences Reviews,<br />

33:134-140.


Fleming, B. C., Renstrom, P. A., Beynnon, B. D., Engstrom, B., Peura, G. D., Badger, G. J., and<br />

Johnson, R. J. (2001). The effect of weightbearing and external loading on anterior<br />

cruciate ligament strain. Journal of Biomechanics. 34:163-170.<br />

Goyal, K., Tashman, S., Wang, J. H., Li, K., Zhang, X., and Harner, C. (2012). In vivo analysis of the<br />

isolated posterior cruciate ligament-deficient knee during functional activities. The<br />

American Journal of <strong>Sports</strong> Medicine. 40:777-785.<br />

Halder, A., Kutzner I., Graichen F., Heinlein B., Beier A., Bergmann G., (2012). Influence of limb<br />

alignment on mediolateral loading in total knee replacement. The Journal of Bone &<br />

Joint Surgery. 94:1023-1029.<br />

Hewett, T. E., Di Stasi, S. L., and Myer, G. D. (2013). Current concepts for injury prevention in<br />

athletes after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. The American Journal of <strong>Sports</strong><br />

Medicine. 41:216-224.<br />

Kalia, V., Obray, R. W., Filice, R., Fayad, L. M., Murphy, K., and Carrino, J. A. (2009). Functional<br />

joint imaging using 256-MDCT: technical feasibility. American Journal of Roentgenology,<br />

192:W295-W299.<br />

Messier, S. P., Gutekunst, D. J., Davis, C., and DeVita, P. (2005). Weight loss reduces knee-joint<br />

loads in overweight and obese older adults with knee osteoarthritis. Arthritis and<br />

Rheumatism. 52:2026-2032.<br />

Mikkelsen, C., Werner s., Eriksson E. (2000). Closed kinetic chain alone compared to combined<br />

open and closed kinetic chain exercises for quadriceps strengthening after anterior<br />

cruciate ligament reconstruction with respect to return to sports: a prospective<br />

matched follow-up study. Knee Surg. <strong>Sports</strong> Traumatol. Arthrosc. 8:337–342.<br />

Pandy, M. and Andriacchi. Muscle and joint function in human locomotion. (2010) Annu. Rev.<br />

Biomed. Eng. 12:401-433.<br />

Powers, C.M., Ward, S.R., Fredericson M., Guillet M., Shellock F.G. (2003). Patellofemoral<br />

kinematics during weight-bearing and non-weight-bearing knee extension in persons<br />

with lateral subluxation of the patella: a preliminary study Journal of Orthopaedic and<br />

<strong>Sports</strong> Physical Therapy. 33:677-685.<br />

Powers, C. M. (2010). The influence of abnormal hip mechanics on knee injury: a biomechanical<br />

perspective. Journal of Orthopaedic and <strong>Sports</strong> Physical Therapy. 40:42-51.<br />

Sritharan, P., Lin, Y. C., Pandy, M. G. (2012). Muscles that do not cross the knee contribute to<br />

the knee adduction moment and tibiofemoral compartment loading during gait. Journal<br />

of Orthopaedic Research. 30:1586-1595.


Non‐Operative Management of ACL Injuries<br />

Lynn Snyder‐Mackler, PT, ScD, FAPTA USA


Anatomic ACL Reconstruction<br />

Freddie H. Fu, MD, DSc (Hon), DPs (Hon);<br />

University of Pittsburgh, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery<br />

Correspondence: ffu@upmc.edu<br />

I. Rationale for Anatomic Double-Bundle ACL Reconstruction<br />

• Anatomy is the basis of orthopedic surgery. The goals of anatomic ACL reconstruction are<br />

to restore 60-80% of the native ACL anatomy, and to maintain a long term knee health.<br />

• Traditional ACL-R has been successful in returning patients to sports activities. However,<br />

radiographic evidence of degenerative changes has been observed in up to 90% of patients<br />

at mid-term follow-up study after traditional single-bundle ACL reconstruction. 1-2<br />

• Critical review of the literature from the last ten years reveals that between 10% and 30% of<br />

patients complain of pain and residual instability following traditional single-bundle ACL<br />

reconstruction. 3 Meta-analysis showed that no more than 60% of the patients will make a<br />

full recovery after their ACL reconstruction. 4<br />

• The PL bundle, which is not traditionally reconstructed, plays a significant role in rotatory<br />

stability in the knee. Numerous clinical and basic science studies have demonstrated that: 1)<br />

traditional single-bundle ACL reconstruction does not adequately restore normal knee<br />

kinematics, particularly tibial rotation 5 , and 2) anatomic double-bundle reconstruction more<br />

closely restores normal knee kinematics when compared to single-bundle reconstruction. 6<br />

II. The principle of anatomic ACL double bundle reconstruction<br />

• Reproducing the two bundle anatomy of ACL<br />

- The ACL is composed of two functional bundles, the anteromedial (AM) bundle and<br />

the posterolateral (PL) bundle. 7 Cadaveric studies have demonstrated that the AM<br />

bundle is approximately twice as long as the PL bundle, and that the two bundles have a<br />

similar cross-sectional diameter.<br />

• Reproducing the insertion sites of ACL<br />

- The insertion sites of the AM and PL bundle should be identified and marked for<br />

anatomic tunnel placement. The femoral insertion sites of the AM and PL bundle are<br />

oriented vertically with the knee in extension and become horizontal in 90º of knee<br />

flexion (surgical position for ACL reconstruction surgery). In extension the two<br />

bundles are parallel and in flexion they become crossed. 7<br />

• Reproducing the tension pattern of ACL<br />

- The AM bundle has its highest tension at 45 degrees of knee flexion, and is taut<br />

throughout the range of motion. The PL bundle has its highest tension at full extension,<br />

NOTES:


and becomes lax as the knee flexes. The AM and PL graft should be fixed at these<br />

angles of knee flexion to closely reproduce the native tension pattern. 8<br />

• Individualized surgery<br />

- The insertion sites of each bundle should be identified and marked, and the size of the<br />

insertion sites should be measured to tailor the surgery for each individual. The concept<br />

of double bundle ACL reconstruction can be applied to all ACL reconstructive<br />

techniques (single bundle, double bundle, revision, one-bundle augmentation). The<br />

decision of whether to utilize either a single or a double bundle technique should be<br />

dictated by the unique anatomy of the patient. 9<br />

III. Pitfalls in Traditional ACL reconstruction<br />

• Femoral insertion sites orientation changes with knee flexion: The femoral AM and PL<br />

insertion sites are horizonally oriented when the knee is close to 90 degrees of flexion,<br />

while they are vertically oriented in knee extension. This important concept is often<br />

neglected in ACL reconstruction.<br />

• The use of clock face reference: The knee is a 3 dimensional structure. The clock concept is<br />

easy to use, but a 2 dimensional description and inaccurate in describing the location of<br />

femoral tunnel placement, which may lead to non-anatomic tunnel position.<br />

• Inability to observe the femoral insertion site: traditional 2portal techniques do not provide<br />

a clear view of the femoral insertion site. By using a 3portal technique with a high lateral<br />

portal (LP) a central portal (CP) and a medial portal (MP) this problem is overcome. The<br />

CP provides a clear view of the notch and femoral insertion site, while the MP can be used<br />

as a working portal. The LP provides a good view of the tibial insertion site.<br />

2


• Graft impingement: is caused by non-anatomic graft placement. The native ACL does NOT<br />

impinge with notch and PCL. Adequate restoration of the size, shape and orientation of the<br />

native ACL anatomy prevents from impingement.<br />

• Mismatch tunnels: With fear of impingement, we traditionally mismatch our tunnel<br />

placement by placing the tibial tunnel more posteriorly (close to the PL insertion site), and<br />

placing the femoral tunnel at the native AM or high AM position. 10-11 This non-anatomic<br />

ACL reconstruction leads to inferior biomechanical properties and inferior biological<br />

healing due to non-physiological biomechanical stress to the graft.<br />

• Double bundle ACL-R does not necessarily mean anatomic reconstruction, if the native<br />

anatomy was not followed as a guideline for double tunnel placement.<br />

IV. Anatomic Double Bundle ACL Reconstruction<br />

• Pre-operatively, the ACL insertion site and ACL length can be measured on the sagittal MRI.<br />

The ACL inclination angle can also be measured, as can be seen below. 12<br />

42° 51°<br />

• The MRI can also be used to measure the size of the certain autografts. Both the patellar<br />

tendon and the quadriceps tendon size can be measured on the sagittal MRI cut. As can be<br />

appreciated below, the quadriceps tendon is often much larger than the patellar tendon and<br />

provides a vigorous autograft. 13<br />

3


• Anatomic double-bundle ACL reconstruction is an “Insertion Site Surgery”. We utilize<br />

three portals: LP, CP and MP.<br />

LP<br />

CP<br />

CP<br />

• We routinely place the arthroscope in the CP and work through the MP. Doing so,<br />

visualization of the femoral insertion of the ACL is greatly enhanced and the need for<br />

notchplasty is virtually eliminated. 14<br />

• The anatomic insertion sites of each native ACL bundle are marked on the femur and tibia<br />

with a thermal device, with care taken to preserve the border of the bundles for later<br />

reference. This is a critical step in identifying the correct placement of the tunnels, and is<br />

performed prior to resection of any residual ACL tissue. In addition, the length and width of<br />

the AM and PL bundle insertion site are measured as references to decide tunnel diameters.<br />

The surgery is individualized for each patient.<br />

• There is a large area on the medial wall of lateral femoral condyle for potential nonanatomic<br />

tunnel placement. Our preliminary data suggested that it may occupy more than<br />

65% of the area on the wall.<br />

• A “lateral bifurcate ridge” is often seen on the femoral insertion between the AM and PL<br />

bundles, where as a “lateral intercondylar ridge” is often seen on the upper limit of both the<br />

AM and PL bundles. These are useful surgical landmarks in addition to the native insertion<br />

fibers. 15,16<br />

4


• Notchplasty destroys the femoral anatomy of the ACL insertion site and is not necessary if<br />

CP and MP are used.<br />

• The tibial and femoral tunnels are placed at their native insertion site, which are marked<br />

with a thermal device.<br />

• The PL femoral tunnel is always drilled through the anteromedial portal. A potential<br />

advantage of drilling the femoral AM tunnel transtibially is the creation of a longer tunnel<br />

which diverges from the PL femoral tunnel, and we routinely attempt this approach first<br />

before using the MP. However, oftentimes it cannot reach the anatomic insertion site. In<br />

that case, the tunnel will be drill through the anteromedial portal.<br />

• Finally, the grafts are passed. First the PL graft is passed, followed by the AM graft.<br />

Femoral fixation is typically performed with an EndoButton.<br />

• Post-operatively, MRI can be used to compare the pre- and post-op insertion site size to<br />

measure how much of the insertion site is restored. In addition, the pre- and post-operative<br />

inclination angle can be compared. 12 After anatomic ACL reconstruction, the ACL<br />

inclination angle should be similar to the native ACL inclination angle.<br />

CP<br />

5


• 3D CT scan can be used to evaluate tunnel position.<br />

V. Anatomic Single Bundle ACL Reconstruction<br />

• Except for one bundle augmentation (performed when only one of the two native bundles<br />

are torn), there are a few other scenarios where we prefer to perform single bundle surgery<br />

(30%): 17<br />

Small native ACL insertion site (< 14mm)<br />

Open growth plates<br />

Severe arthritic changes<br />

Multiple knee ligament injuries<br />

Severe bone bruises<br />

Narrow intercondylar notch<br />

• Our single bundle surgery is performed<br />

with careful attention to soft tissue and<br />

bony landmarks. We carefully investigate<br />

the rupture pattern of the ACL and we<br />

identify the native ACL insertion sites -just as we do for double bundle ACL surgery.<br />

Then, the tibial tunnel is placed at between the native insertion sites of the AM bundle and<br />

PL bundles, or at the center of the entire tibial insertion site.<br />

6


• The distance from anterior margin of ACL footprint to center of tibial tunnel should be<br />

measured, and the femoral tunnel should be placed at the same distance from the posterior<br />

margin (knee in 90º flexion) of the femoral ACL footprint.<br />

VI. One Bundle Augmentation<br />

• In cases only the AM or the PL bundle was torn, we save the intact bundle and “augment”<br />

this bundle with a single bundle graft.<br />

VII. Revision ACL Reconstruction<br />

• The same double bundle concept and its principles for primary anatomic ACL<br />

reconstruction can be applied to revision ACL surgery.<br />

• Pre-operative imaging can inform the surgeon about placement of the previous tunnels.<br />

Below is an example of a bilateral MRI. This shows that the inclination angle of the<br />

primary ACL reconstruction is higher than that of the contralateral native ACL, suggesting<br />

non-anatomic tunnel placement. This can then be confirmed by the 3D CT scan.<br />

• If the old tunnels are anatomic, they can be reused. If the old tunnels are non-anatomic,<br />

new tunnels need to be created. If there is enough room, new tunnels can be created in one<br />

stage. Alternatively, the graft can be placed “over the top” on the femoral side, or a twostaged<br />

procedure, with bone-grafting, can be considered.<br />

49°<br />

62°<br />

Non-anatomic<br />

Native ACL Insertion Inclination Angle after Nonanatomic<br />

Reconstruction °<br />

90 PL AM<br />

Inclination Angle<br />

Non-anatomic Tunnel<br />

• After the revision surgery, the native inclination angle should be restored.<br />

7


VIII. Biological Enhancement<br />

• Typically the graft heals to the bone through bleeding created by drilling the tunnels.<br />

• We have begun using a “fibrin clot” to try to enhance the healing of the two bundles<br />

together and to the bone.<br />

• A fibrin clot is created from the patient’s own blood by gently stirring it in a glass beaker<br />

for 5–10 minutes and contains many of the same growth factors advertised as being present<br />

in commercially available blood preparation products, such as platelet rich plasma (PRP).<br />

Fibrin Clot<br />

“Sandwich”<br />

AM<br />

IX. Clinical Outcome of Anatomic ACL Reconstruction<br />

• Clinical improvements have been demonstrated in recent prospective and randomized level<br />

I and level II studies. These studies have shown superior outcomes for double bundle<br />

reconstruction than single bundle reconstruction. 18-20<br />

• While the first results are encouraging, additional work is needed to critically evaluate the<br />

outcomes of anatomic ACL reconstruction in terms of joint kinematics, degenerative joint<br />

changes, and patient-reported outcomes. Better methods for rotational laxity measurement,<br />

medium- and long-term outcomes are needed in the future.<br />

• In an excellent meta-analysis by Lubowitz et al. the results of pivot shift consistent with the<br />

convention of IKDC were summarized. The normal and nearly abnormal data were pooled<br />

together for pivot shift and therefore, SB and DB achieved 94.6% and 97.5% of good pivot<br />

shift results respectively with no difference between the two groups. This is how we<br />

reported clinical outcome for many years. However, if we want to review the data more<br />

critically by only comparing the “normal” category, DB provided significantly better results<br />

(83.1% DB vs. 67.9% SB). 21-22<br />

• To fully assess the outcome of ACL reconstruction, we need to improve our outcome<br />

measures. New outcome measures should be accurate, precise and reliable. Some examples<br />

are: in-vivo kinematics with dynamic stereo x-ray, high resolution/ 3D MRI and 3D CT<br />

scan.<br />

• Only when we have good outcome measurements, can we improve our surgical technique<br />

and protect the long-term knee health of our patients.<br />

X. Conclusion<br />

• The goals of anatomic ACL reconstruction are to restore 60-80% of the native ACL<br />

anatomy, and to maintain a long term knee health.<br />

8


• The double bundle anatomy, insertion sites, and tension pattern need to be reproduced to<br />

restore native ACL anatomy and knee kinematics<br />

• Anatomic Double-Bundle ACL Reconstruction is a concept that can and should be applied<br />

to single bundle, one-bundle augmentation and revision ACL surgeries<br />

• We need better, more objective outcomes measures, including biology, kinematics and<br />

imaging.<br />

References:<br />

1. Fithian DC, Paxton EW, Stone ML, Luetzow WF, Csintalan RP, Phelan D, Daniel DM. Prospective trial of a<br />

treatment algorithm for the management of the anterior cruciate ligament-injured knee. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med 2005;33-<br />

3:335-46.<br />

2. Keays SL, Newcombe PA, Bullock-Saxton JE, Bullock MI, Keays AC. Factors involved in the development of<br />

osteoarthritis after anterior cruciate ligament surgery. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med 2010;38-3:455-63.<br />

3. Yunes M, Richmond JC, Engels EA, Pinczewski LA. Patellar versus hamstring tendons in anterior cruciate<br />

ligament reconstruction: A meta-analysis. Arthroscopy 2001;17-3:248-57.<br />

4. Biau DJ, Tournoux C, Katsahian S, Schranz P, Nizard R. ACL reconstruction: a meta-analysis of functional<br />

scores. Clin Orthop Relat Res 2007;458:180-7.<br />

5. Tashman S, Collon D, Anderson K, Kolowich P, Anderst W. Abnormal rotational knee motion during running<br />

after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med 2004;32-4:975-83.<br />

6. Yagi M, Kuroda R, Nagamune K, Yoshiya S, Kurosaka M. Double-bundle ACL reconstruction can improve<br />

rotational stability. Clinical Orthopaedics and Related Research 2007-454:100-7.<br />

7. Chhabra A, Starman JS, Ferretti M, Vidal AF, Zantop T, Fu FH. Anatomic, radiographic, biomechanical,<br />

and kinematic evaluation of the anterior cruciate ligament and its two functional bundles. J Bone Joint Surg Am<br />

2006;88 Suppl 4:2-10.<br />

8. Gabriel MT, Wong EK, Woo SL, Yagi M, Debski RE. Distribution of in situ forces in the anterior cruciate<br />

ligament in response to rotatory loads. J Orthop Res 2004;22-1:85-9.<br />

9. van Eck CF, Schreiber VM, Liu TT, Fu FH. The anatomic approach to primary, revision and augmentation<br />

anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. Knee Surg <strong>Sports</strong> Traumatol Arthrosc 2010;DOI 10.1007/s00167-010-<br />

1191-4.<br />

10. Kopf S, Forsythe B, Wong AK, Tashman S, Anderst W, Irrgang JJ, Fu FH. Nonanatomic tunnel position in<br />

traditional transtibial single-bundle anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction evaluated by three-dimensional<br />

computed tomography. J Bone Joint Surg Am 2010;92-6:1427-31.<br />

11. Forsythe B, Kopf S, Wong AK, Martins CA, Anderst W, Tashman S, Fu FH. The location of femoral and<br />

tibial tunnels in anatomic double-bundle anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction analyzed by three-dimensional<br />

computed tomography models. J Bone Joint Surg Am 2010;92-6:1418-26.<br />

12. Illingworth KD, Hensler D, Working ZM, Macalena JA, Tashman S, Fu FH. A simple evaluation of<br />

anterior cruciate ligament femoral tunnel position: the inclination angle and femoral tunnel angle. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med.<br />

2011 Dec;39(12):2611-8.<br />

13. Araujo P, van Eck CF, Torabi M, Fu FH. How to optimize the use of MRI in anatomic ACL reconstruction.<br />

Knee Surg <strong>Sports</strong> Traumatol Arthrosc. 2012 Aug 15.<br />

14. Cohen SB, Fu FH. Three-portal technique for anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction: use of a central medial<br />

portal. Arthroscopy 2007;23-3:325 e1-5.<br />

15. van Eck CF, Morse KR, Lesniak BP, Kropf EJ, Tranovich MJ, van Dijk CN, Fu FH. Does the lateral<br />

intercondylar ridge disappear in ACL deficient patients? Knee Surg <strong>Sports</strong> Traumatol Arthrosc 2010;DOI<br />

10.1007/s00167-009-1038-z.<br />

16. Fu FH, Jordan SS. The lateral intercondylar ridge--a key to anatomic anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction.<br />

J Bone Joint Surg Am 2007;89-10:2103-4.<br />

17. van Eck CF, Lesniak BP, Schreiber VM, Fu FH. Anatomic Single- and Double-Bundle Anterior Cruciate<br />

Ligament Reconstruction Flowchart. Arthroscopy 2010;26-2:258-68.<br />

18. Kondo E, Yasuda K, Azuma H, Tanabe Y, Yagi T. Prospective clinical comparisons of anatomic doublebundle<br />

versus single-bundle anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction procedures in 328 consecutive patients.<br />

American Journal of <strong>Sports</strong> Medicine.36(9)()(pp 1675-1687), 2008.Date of Publication: Sep 2008. 2008-9:1675-87.<br />

9


19. Hussein M, van Eck CF, Cretnik A, Dinevski D, Fu FH. Prospective randomized clinical evaluation of<br />

conventional single-bundle, anatomic single-bundle, and anatomic double-bundle anterior cruciate ligament<br />

reconstruction: 281 cases with 3- to 5-year follow-up. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med. 2012 Mar;40(3):512-20.<br />

20. Hussein M, van Eck CF, Cretnik A, Dinevski D, Fu FH. Individualized anterior cruciate ligament surgery: a<br />

prospective study comparing anatomic single- and double-bundle reconstruction. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med. 2012<br />

Aug;40(8):1781-8.<br />

21. Meredick RB, Vance KJ, Appleby D, Lubowitz JH. Outcome of single-bundle versus double-bundle<br />

reconstruction of the anterior cruciate ligament: a meta-analysis. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med 2008;36-7:1414-21.<br />

22. Irrgang JJ, Bost JE, Fu FH. Re: Outcome of single-bundle versus double-bundle reconstruction of the anterior<br />

cruciate ligament: a meta-analysis. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med 2009;37-2:421-2; author reply 2.<br />

10


Session II<br />

Knee - <strong>Sports</strong><br />

Medicine


Immediate Post‐Operative <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation After ACL Reconstruction<br />

James Irrgang, PT, PhD, ATC, FAPTA USA


9 TH Biennial <strong>ISAKOS</strong> Congress<br />

May 12, 2013: 11:00am<br />

Toronto, Ontario Canada<br />

Current Concepts in <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation<br />

Following ACL Reconstruction:<br />

The Later Phases<br />

Kevin E. Wilk, PT, DPT<br />

Associate Clinical Director<br />

Champion <strong>Sports</strong> Medicine<br />

Birmingham, Alabama<br />

I. Introduction<br />

A. <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation Following ACL Surgery<br />

1. Plays a vital role in functional outcome<br />

2. Patients during rehabilitation have an improved outcome<br />

Howe et al: AJSM ‘91<br />

3. <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation process has changed dramatically since 90’s<br />

B. Current <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation Approach<br />

1. Immediate motion<br />

2. Full passive knee extension<br />

3. Immediate weight-bearing<br />

4. Closed kinetic chain exercise<br />

5. Early return to functional activities<br />

6. Earlier return to sports<br />

More Aggressive <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation Approach<br />

Dramatic Change in <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation Approach & Philosophy<br />

C. <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation Program multiple phases based on tissue healing<br />

1. Patient must progress through these phases of recovery<br />

2. Main purpose of phases:<br />

a. Return knee to “normal state”<br />

b. Return normal motion, strength, proprioception &<br />

Function


Successful Outcome Today and 10 Years Later!!<br />

Restore Knee Homeostasis<br />

Dye et al: CORR ‘96<br />

Dye et al: AJSM ‘93<br />

High Incidence of Osteoarthritis Following ACL Injury<br />

II.<br />

Specific <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation Phases & Goals:<br />

A. ACL <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation Program – 6 Phase Program<br />

1. Phase I: Pre-Operative Phase (from injury to surgery)<br />

a. Goals:<br />

1. “normalize the knee”<br />

2. reduce swelling & inflammation<br />

3. improve motion<br />

4. voluntary quadriceps contraction<br />

5. control activity level<br />

2. Phase II: Immediate Post-Operative (post-op day 1 till day 7)<br />

a. Goals:<br />

1. restore “full” passive knee extension<br />

2. diminish swelling & pain<br />

3. restore patellar mobility<br />

4. gradual restore knee flexion<br />

5. restore quadriceps control<br />

6. reestablish independent ambulation<br />

3. Phase III: Acute Phase (week 2 till week 4)<br />

a. Goals:<br />

1. full passive knee extension<br />

2. gradual improvement knee flexion<br />

3. restore proprioception & neuromuscular control<br />

4. independent ambulation<br />

5. control swelling & activity level<br />

4. Phase IV: Intermediate Phase (week 4 till week 10)<br />

a. Goals:<br />

1. gradually restore “full” knee flexion<br />

2. improve lower extremity strength<br />

3. enhance proprioception & neuromuscular control<br />

4. enhance endurance<br />

5. restore limb confidence


5. Phase V: Advanced Phase (week 10 till week 16)<br />

a. Goals:<br />

1. normalize limb function<br />

2. normalize lower extremity strength<br />

3. enhance neuromuscular control<br />

4. gradually restore function<br />

6. Phase VI: Return to Functional Activities Phase (month 4 - return)<br />

a. Goals:<br />

1. gradual return to sport specific activities<br />

2. gradual return to unrestricted activities<br />

3. continuation of lower extremity programs<br />

Wilk et al: Ortho Clin North Am ‘03<br />

Wilk et al: J Athl Trn ‘99<br />

Wilk et al: Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med ‘96<br />

Wilk et al: JOSPT ‘93<br />

III.<br />

The ACL Reconstruction <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation Program<br />

The Later Phases – TCC <strong>Course</strong><br />

A. Intermediate Phase (Weeks 4-10)<br />

1. Concepts:<br />

a. “stabilization the knee from above & below”<br />

i. Hip & core stabilization<br />

ii. Foot & ankle stability<br />

Powers et al: JOSPT ‘03<br />

b. “ muscles are shock absorbers”<br />

i. Quadriceps<br />

ii. Hip & Hamstrings<br />

c. “gradually increase stress on knee”<br />

i. Soft tissue hypertrophy<br />

ii. Graft strength<br />

d. “ restore neuromuscular control”<br />

i. Perturbation drills<br />

ii. Neuromuscular control drills<br />

iii. Gradually increase difficulty<br />

e. “ emphasis functional activities”<br />

i. <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation = Function<br />

ii. Gradual restoration<br />

2. Specific Exercise Drills:


B. Advanced Activity Phase (Weeks 10-16)<br />

1. Concepts:<br />

a. “normalize limb function”<br />

i. Control functional activities<br />

b. “normalize lower strength”<br />

i. Quadriceps hypertrophy- exercises<br />

c. “ restore neuromuscular control”<br />

d. “ gradual restore functional activities”<br />

2. Specific Exercises & Drills:<br />

Functional Progression<br />

Pool drills<br />

Dry land drills<br />

Plyos<br />

Running<br />

Lateral drills<br />

Backward drills<br />

Backward<br />

Forward running<br />

Running<br />

Cutting drills<br />

C. Return to Activity Phase (Weeks 16-26)<br />

1. Based on fulfillment of criteria (testing)<br />

a. KT results<br />

b. Isokinetic results<br />

c. Proprioception test<br />

d. Hop test<br />

2. Objective testing of ACL patient<br />

a. Subjective knee form (Noyes)<br />

b. Knee arthrometer testing (KT-2000)<br />

c. Isokinetic testing (Biodex)<br />

d. Functional hop testing<br />

Barber: Clin Orthop ’90<br />

Noyes: AJSM ’91<br />

e. Specific Testing sequence<br />

Irrgang: CSM 2013<br />

f. Correlation between isokinetic and function<br />

1. Correlation between quad strength and functional<br />

abilities


Wilk, Soscia, Romaniello: JOSPT ’94<br />

1) Neoprene sleeve and brace<br />

Noyes & Barber: Arthroscopy ’97<br />

IV.<br />

Key Points:<br />

Benefit<br />

Δ<br />

Risk<br />

1. <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation plays a key & vital role to outcome<br />

2. <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation program continues to change/progress<br />

“Push the envelope, how fast can we go”<br />

“ Faster is Not Better” Wilk: JOSPT ‘ 05<br />

Biology of <strong>Rehab</strong><br />

Speed limits in <strong>Rehab</strong><br />

3. Key Points for Me:<br />

a. all about milestones & goals<br />

b. gradually increase stresses & challenges<br />

c. progressive & sequential<br />

d. enhance neuromuscular control<br />

4. Today’s trend is more aggressive rehabilitation<br />

a. Accelerated rehabilitation<br />

b. Is it appropriate for all patients?<br />

4. Current trends<br />

a. Closed kinetic chain exercise<br />

b. Proprioception and neuromuscular control<br />

c. Plyometrics<br />

d. Specific concerns for the female athlete<br />

Successful Outcome Today (at 6 months)<br />

Asymptomatic Knee 5-10 Years Later!


KEW: 4/13<br />

Enclosure: ACL Protocol


Return to sports after ACL reconstruction: A surgeon’s perspective <br />

Julian A Feller <br />

Melbourne, Australia <br />

Most people undergoing ACL reconstruction want to return to some level of sporting activity. <br />

ACLR is generally reported to be successful, but a more critical analysis of return to pre-­‐injury <br />

sport rates is less encouraging. <br />

Precise terminology is important. A fundamental question is what constitutes a return to sport? <br />

• Pre-­‐injury sport may well be different to pre-­‐operative sport or sports activity level, <br />

particularly in the setting of chronic ACL insufficiency. <br />

• If patient returns to the sport in which they previously participated, is it to training or <br />

competition. If competition, is at the same level of competition as prior to injury. <br />

• Even if returning to the same level of competition, does the patient play with the same <br />

competency? <br />

• <strong>Sports</strong> activity levels may appear to provide an objective measurement of sporting <br />

participating levels, but there may still be a discrepancy between the sports activity level <br />

and participation in pre-­‐injury sport. <br />

Patient aspirations may change following surgery. <br />

• Age an important factor. Older patients may not be as likely to return to their pre-­‐injury <br />

sport as younger patient. <br />

• Multiple reasons: work and family commitments, motivation and ability – perceived or <br />

real -­‐ to recover from surgery. <br />

• Elite sportspeople, although facing potentially greater challenges in resuming their sport <br />

at the same level, may have a greater motivation and greater support to achieve a <br />

successful return to sport. <br />

What is the current reported rate of return to sport following ACL reconstruction? <br />

• Overall, typical rates are 80-­‐90% return to some kind of sport, 60-­‐65% return to pre-­injury<br />

sport, but only 40-­‐50% return to competitive sport. Rates do vary. <br />

• Impairment and activity-­‐based outcomes indicate 85-­‐90% are normal/near normal. <br />

• High drop off after 2-­‐3 years. <br />

• 12 months may be too early to assess rates of return to sport. <br />

Relatively little is documented about when patients actually resume sport. <br />

• Mean values may be as short as 4 months, but wide range of values is usually reported, <br />

e.g. 2 to 24 months. <br />

• Patient groups are heterogenous in terms of type and level of sport. <br />

• Worth noting that clearance to return to sport at a certain time point does not <br />

necessarily mean that patients actually returned to sport at that time.


Many factors that influence an individual’s ability, desire and decision whether or not to return to <br />

sport and at what level. <br />

• Higher pre-­‐injury activity level strong predictor of return to sport at two years. <br />

• Role of gender unclear. <br />

• Psychological factors important: <br />

o Fear of re-­‐injury <br />

o ACL-­‐RSI score predictive <br />

• Graft type does not appear to be important <br />

• Little information about the impact of other surgical variables on return to sport. <br />

Lack of correlation between rates of return to pre-­‐injury sport and measurements of strength <br />

and knee laxity, or activity outcome measures. <br />

• What should we be measuring following ACL reconstruction? <br />

• Do current assessment tools address the appropriate issues? <br />

• Are they limited by a ceiling effect. <br />

Relatively little information about effect of rehabilitation protocols on outcome, in terms of <br />

return to sport. <br />

• Shelbourne and Nitz, and Beynnon et al papers refer to patellar tendon autograft. <br />

• Effect of an accelerated rehabilitation protocol on hamstring grafts has not been <br />

evaluated in a controlled fashion. <br />

Return to sport criteria. <br />

• Is the athlete is capable of resuming sport? <br />

• Is it safe for the athlete to resume sport? <br />

• Need data to establish whether the ability to resume sport, either effectively or safely, <br />

reflects having met the various criteria. <br />

• Minimum requirements: <br />

o No effusion <br />

o Essentially full ROM <br />

o Stable knee <br />

o Good strength (single leg press body weight – 3 sets of 5) <br />

o Normal running and landing <br />

o 4 weeks unrestricted training (full contact) <br />

Returning to sport puts the individual at rate of both ACL graft rupture and rupture of the <br />

contralateral ACL. <br />

• Risk of graft rupture: 6% at 5 years <br />

• Rate of contralateral ACL rupture is 12% at 5 years. <br />

Risk factors for further injury (graft and contralateral ACL) – conflicting evidence: <br />

• Young age (possibly a surrogate for other factors) <br />

• Return to pivoting sports <br />

• Allografts in young and active people


Early return to sport: <br />

• For patellar tendon grafts, not been shown to be a risk factor for further injury. <br />

• Effect on hamstring grafts unknown. <br />

• Animal models suggest distinct phases of graft maturation with revascularization being a <br />

potential period of risk for further injury. But mismatch with experience in humans. <br />

Returning to sport following ACL reconstruction puts knee at risk of sustaining damage to the <br />

menisci or articular surfaces, or of aggravating damage sustained at the time of ACL rupture. <br />

• May increase risk of OA <br />

• Should the athlete consider not returning to sport in an attempt to protect their knee <br />

from further injury long-­‐term degeneration? If so, why reconstruct the ACL in the first <br />

place? <br />

• Little evidence to show a protective effect of ACL reconstruction in terms of <br />

osteoarthritis. <br />

Useful References <br />

Ardern CL, Webster KE, Taylor NF, Feller JA (2011) Return to sport following anterior cruciate <br />

ligament reconstruction surgery: a systematic review and meta-­‐analysis of the state of play. <br />

Br J <strong>Sports</strong> Med. 45:596–606 <br />

Ardern CL, Taylor NF, Feller JA, Webster KE (2011) Return-­‐to-­‐Sport Outcomes at 2 to 7 Years <br />

After Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction Surgery. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med 39:41-­‐48 <br />

Ardern CL, Webster KE, Taylor NF, Feller JA (2011) Return to the preinjury level of competitive <br />

sport after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction surgery: two-­‐thirds of patients have <br />

not returned by 12 months after surgery. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med 39:538–543 <br />

Barrett GR, Luber K, Replogle WH, Manley JL (2010) Allograft anterior cruciate ligament <br />

reconstruction in the young, active patient: Tegner activity level and failure rate. <br />

Arthroscopy 26:1593–1601 <br />

Beynnon BD, Uh BS, Johnson RJ, Abate JA, Nichols CE, Fleming BC, et al. (2005) <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation <br />

after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction: a prospective, randomized, double-­‐blind <br />

comparison of programs administered over 2 different time intervals. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med <br />

33:347–359 <br />

Brophy RH, Schmitz L, Wright RW, Dunn WR, Parker RD, Andrish JT, et al. (2012) Return to Play <br />

and Future ACL Injury Risk After ACL Reconstruction in Soccer Athletes From the <br />

Multicenter Orthopaedic Outcomes Network (MOON) Group. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med <br />

10.1177/0363546512459476 <br />

Claes S, Verdonk P, Forsyth R, Bellemans J (2011) The “ligamentization” process in anterior <br />

cruciate ligament reconstruction: what happens to the human graft? A systematic review of <br />

the literature. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med 39:2476–2483 <br />

Dunn WR, Spindler KP, MOON Consortium (2010) Predictors of activity level 2 years after <br />

anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction (ACLR): a Multicenter Orthopaedic Outcomes


Network (MOON) ACLR cohort study. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med 38:2040–2050 <br />

Kvist J, Ek A, Sporrstedt K, Good L (2005) Fear of re-­‐injury: a hindrance for returning to sports <br />

after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. Knee Surg <strong>Sports</strong> Traumatol <br />

Arthrosc.13:393–397 <br />

Langford JL, Webster KE, Feller JA (2009) A prospective longitudinal study to assess <br />

psychological changes following anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction surgery. Br J <br />

<strong>Sports</strong> Med 43:377–378 <br />

Lohmander LS, Ostenberg A, Englund M, Roos H (2004) High prevalence of knee osteoarthritis, <br />

pain, and functional limitations in female soccer players twelve years after anterior cruciate <br />

ligament injury. Arthritis Rheum 50:3145–3152 <br />

Myer GD, Paterno MV, Ford KR, Quatman CE, Hewett TE (2006) <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation after anterior <br />

cruciate ligament reconstruction: criteria-­‐based progression through the return-­‐to-­‐sport <br />

phase. The Journal of orthopaedic and sports physical therapy 36:385–402 <br />

Myklebust G, Bahr R (2005) Return to play guidelines after anterior cruciate ligament surgery. Br <br />

J <strong>Sports</strong> Med 39:127–131 <br />

Oiestad BE, Engebretsen L, Storheim K, Risberg MA (2009) Knee Osteoarthritis After Anterior <br />

Cruciate Ligament Injury: A Systematic Review. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med 37:1434–1443 <br />

Porat von A, Roos EM, Roos H (2004) High prevalence of osteoarthritis 14 years after an anterior <br />

cruciate ligament tear in male soccer players: a study of radiographic and patient relevant <br />

outcomes. Ann Rheum Dis. 63:269–273 <br />

Scheffler SU, Unterhauser FN, Weiler A (2008) Graft remodeling and ligamentization after <br />

cruciate ligament reconstruction. Knee Surg <strong>Sports</strong> Traumatol Arthrosc 16:834–842 <br />

Shelbourne KD, Gray T (1997) Anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction with autogenous <br />

patellar tendon graft followed by accelerated rehabilitation. A two-­‐ to nine-­‐year followup. <br />

Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med 25:786–795 <br />

Shelbourne KD, Nitz P (1990) Accelerated rehabilitation after anterior cruciate ligament <br />

reconstruction. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med 18:292–299 <br />

Smith FW, Rosenlund EA, Aune AK, MacLean JA, Hillis SW (2004) Subjective functional <br />

assessments and the return to competitive sport after anterior cruciate ligament <br />

reconstruction. Br J <strong>Sports</strong> Med 38:279–284 <br />

Webster KE, Feller JA, Lambros C (2008) Development and preliminary validation of a scale to <br />

measure the psychological impact of returning to sport following anterior cruciate ligament <br />

reconstruction surgery. Phys Ther Sport 9:9–15 <br />

Wright RW, Magnussen RA, Dunn WR, Spindler KP (2011) Ipsilateral graft and contralateral ACL <br />

rupture at five years or more following ACL reconstruction: a systematic review J Bone Joint <br />

Surg 93-­‐A:1159–1165


Session III<br />

Knee - <strong>Sports</strong><br />

Medicine


Procedure Modified <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation<br />

James Irrgang, PT, PhD, ATC, FAPTA USA


HIGH TIBIAL OSTEOTOMY – BIOMECHANICS AND REHABILITATION<br />

Trevor Birmingham PhD, PT Fowler Kennedy Sport Medicine Clinic, London, ON Canada<br />

INTRODUCTION<br />

High tibial osteotomy (HTO) is a surgical option for patients with frontal plane malalignment and<br />

tibiofemoral OA primarily affecting one compartment. It is most commonly performed in relatively<br />

young (e.g. 40’s & 50’s) active patients. Overall goals are to improve pain and function, and delay<br />

disease progression.<br />

The purposes of this presentation are to review the biomechanical rationale and general<br />

rehabilitation strategies for HTO.<br />

BIOMECHANICAL RATIONALE<br />

Medial opening wedge HTO aims to decrease excessive loads on the medial compartment by<br />

correcting varus alignment. Surgical biomechanical considerations include the amount of correction<br />

desired, and the potential effects on the tibial slope and the patellofemoral joint (1-3).<br />

Knee OA more commonly involves the medial compartment, largely because of biomechanical<br />

factors related to how the knee is loaded during walking. During the stance phase of gait, the line<br />

of action of the ground reaction force typically remains medial to the weight-bearing knee, thereby<br />

producing a lever arm in the frontal plane, an external adduction moment about the tibiofemoral<br />

joint and greater loads on its medial relative to lateral compartment (4,5).<br />

Varus alignment (6,7) and a high knee adduction moment (8,9) are strong risk factors for disease<br />

progression. As medial OA progresses, so do varus alignment, the knee adduction moment, and<br />

medial compartment loading. An important goal of HTO is to break that viscous cycle.<br />

HTO causes large reductions in the knee adduction moment (approximately 50%) and therefore a<br />

lateral shift in the distribution of loads across the tibiofemoral joint (10-12). Large decreases in the<br />

knee adduction moment imply substantial decreases in medial compartment load. Other factors<br />

affecting internal loading, such as the contribution of muscular co-contraction, soft tissues and<br />

geometry of the femoral condyles, must also be considered (13,14).<br />

REHABILITATION<br />

Early rehabilitation after HTO focuses on attaining full range of motion and limiting muscle atrophy.<br />

Weight-bearing activities depend largely on bone healing where the osteotomy cut is performed.<br />

Later rehabilitation focuses on deficits typical of patients with knee OA that are present before HTO<br />

and may worsen after surgery. Muscular strengthening and neuromuscular training programs<br />

generally suggested for knee OA are often indicated. Any persisting decreases in range of motion<br />

are addressed. Weight-loss is advised where appropriate.


Increased muscle co-contraction during gait may lessen after HTO (15,16) and may depend on the<br />

accuracy of correction (17).<br />

Quadriceps activation and strength deficits typically remain and may worsen after surgery (15,18).<br />

HTO does not appear to affect postural control when tested using tests of standing balance (19).<br />

Decreased sagittal plane kinematics during walking can be present after HTO (15).<br />

Many patients gain rather than decrease weight after surgery (20). Even small changes in weight<br />

can have substantial changes in knee joint loading (21,22).<br />

Pre-operative strength gains are achievable, but largely diminish after surgery (23,24). Preoperative<br />

strengthening can result in greater postoperative patient-reported sport and recreation<br />

outcomes (24).<br />

Clinically important increases in patient-reported outcomes, including sports and recreation, exist<br />

two (11) and five years after medial opening wedge HTO.<br />

Most patients can return to sports and recreational activities similar to their preoperative level<br />

(25).<br />

Systematic reviews and national registry data suggest approximately 70-80% of patients receiving<br />

HTO retain their native knee joint 10 years after surgery (26-28).<br />

References<br />

1. Rossi R, Bonasia DE, Amendola A (2011) The role of high tibial osteotomy in the varus knee. J Amer<br />

Acad Orthop Surg. 19:590-599<br />

2. Giffin JR, Vogrin TM, Zantop T, Woo SL, Harner CD (2004) Effects of increasing tibial slope on the<br />

biomechanics of the knee. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med 32:376–382<br />

3. Giffin JR, Shannon FJ (2007) The role of the high tibial osteotomy in the unstable knee. <strong>Sports</strong> Med<br />

Arthrosc 15:23–31<br />

4. Andriacchi TP (1994) Dynamics of knee malalignment. Orthop Clin North Am 25(3):395–403<br />

5. Hunt MA, Birmingham TB, Giffin JR, Jenkyn TR (2006) Associations among knee adduction moment,<br />

frontal plane ground reaction force, and lever arm during walking in patients with knee osteoarthritis. J<br />

Biomech 39:2213–2220<br />

6. Sharma L, Chniel JC, Almagor O, Felson D, Guermazi A, Roemer F, et al., (2012) The role of varus and<br />

valgus alignment in the initial development of knee cartilage damage by MRI: the MOST study. Annals<br />

of Rheumatic Diseases http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/annrheumdis-2011-201070<br />

7. Sharma L, Song J, Dunlop D, Felson D, Lewis CE, Segal N, Torner J, Cooke TD, Hietpas J, Lynch J, Nevitt<br />

M. (2010). Varus and valgus alignment and incident and progressive knee osteoarthritis. Annals of the<br />

Rheumatic Diseases 69:1940-1945<br />

8. Miyazaki T, Wada M, Kawahara H, Sato M, Baba H, Shimada S, (2002) Dynamic load at baseline can<br />

predict radiographic disease progression in medial compartment knee osteoarthritis. Annals of<br />

Rheumatic Diseases 61:617-622<br />

9. Bennell KL, Bowles K, Wang Y, Cicuttini F, Davies-Tuck M, Hinman R, (2011). Higher dynamic medial<br />

knee load predicts greater cartilage loss over 12 months in medial knee osteoarthritis. Annals of the<br />

Rheumatic Diseases 70:1770-1774


10. Prodromos CC, Andriacchi TP, Galante JO (1985) A relationship between gait and clinical changes<br />

following high tibial osteotomy. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 67:1188–94<br />

11. Birmingham TB, Giffin JR, Chesworth BM, Bryant DM, Litchfield RB, Willits K, Jenkyn TR, Fowler PJ<br />

(2009) Medial opening wedge high tibial osteotomy: a prospective cohort study of gait, radiographic,<br />

and patient-reported outcomes. Arthritis Rheum 61:648–657<br />

12. Leitch KM, Birmingham TB, Dunning CE, Robert Giffin JR. (2013) Changes in valgus and varus alignment<br />

neutralize aberrant frontal plane knee moments in patients with unicompartmental knee osteoarthritis.<br />

J Biomech. Mar 13. pii: S0021-9290(13)00066-3. doi: 10.1016/j.jbiomech.2013.01.024<br />

13. Andriacchi A. (2013) Valgus Alignment and Lateral Compartment Knee Osteoarthritis: A Biomechanical<br />

Paradox or New Insight Into Knee Osteoarthritis? Arthr Rheum. 65:2310-313<br />

14. Amis A. Biomechanics of high tibial osteotomy (2013) Knee Surg <strong>Sports</strong> Traumatol Arthrosc 21:197–205<br />

15. Ramsey DK, Snyder-Mackler L, Lewek M, Newcomb W, Rudolph KS (2007) Effect of anatomic<br />

realignment on muscle function during gait in patients with medial compartment knee osteoarthritis.<br />

Arthritis Rheum. 57(3):389–97<br />

16. Kean CO, Birmingham TB, Garland JS, Jenkyn TR, Ivanova TD, Jones IC, Giffin RJ (2009) Moments and<br />

muscle activity after high tibial osteotomy and anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. Med Sci<br />

<strong>Sports</strong> Exerc 41(3):612–619<br />

17. Briem K, Ramsey DK, Newcomb W, Rudolph KS, Snyder-Mackler L (2007) Effects of the amount of valgus<br />

correction for medial compartment knee osteoarthritis on clinical outcome, knee kinetics and muscle<br />

co-contraction after opening wedge high tibial osteotomy. J Orthop Res. 25:311-8<br />

18. Machner A, Pap G, Krohn A, et al (2002) Quadriceps muscle function after high tibial osteotomy for<br />

osteoarthritis of the knee. Clin Orthop Relat Res 399:177-83<br />

19. Hunt MA, Birmingham TB, Jones IC, Vandervoort AA, Giffin JR (2009) Effect of tibial re-alignment<br />

surgery on single leg standing balance in patients with knee osteoarthritis. Clin Biomech. 24:693-6<br />

20. Boulougouris A, Birmingham T, Moyer R, Jones I, Giffin JR (2011) Increased dynamic knee joint load on<br />

the non-operative limb after high tibial osteotomy. In: Proceedings of the World Congress on<br />

Osteoarthritis, San Diego, CA 19 (1):S17<br />

21. Messier SP, Gutekunst DG, Davis C, DeVita P (2005) Weight Loss Reduces Knee-Joint Loads in<br />

Overweight and Obese Older Adults With Knee Osteoarthritis. Arthr Rheum 52:2026-2032<br />

22. Moyer RF, Birmingham TB, Chesworth BM, Kean CO, Giffin JR (2010) Alignment, body mass and their<br />

interaction on dynamic knee joint load in patients with knee osteoarthritis. Osteoarthritis Cart. 18:888-<br />

893<br />

23. King LK, Birmingham TB, Kean CO, Jones IC, Bryant DM, Giffin JR (2008) Resistance training for medial<br />

compartment knee osteoarthritis and malalignment. Med Sci <strong>Sports</strong> Exerc 40(8):1376–1384<br />

24. Kean CO, Birmingham TB, Garland SJ, Bryant DM, Giffin JR (2011) Preoperative strength training for<br />

patients undergoing high tibial osteotomy: a prospective cohort study with historical controls. J Orthop<br />

<strong>Sports</strong> Phys Ther 41(2):52–59<br />

25. Salzmann GM, Ahrens P, Naal FD, El-Azab H, Spang JT, Imhoff AB, Lorenz S (2009) Sporting activity after<br />

high tibial osteotomy for the treatment of medial compartment knee osteoarthritis. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med.<br />

37:312-8<br />

26. Spahn G, Hofmann GO, von Engelhardt LV, Li M, Neubauer H, Klinger HM (2013) The impact of a high<br />

tibial valgus osteotomy and unicondylar medial arthroplasty on the treatment for knee osteoarthritis: a<br />

meta-analysis. Knee Surg <strong>Sports</strong> Traumatol Arthrosc. 21:96-112<br />

27. Niinimäki TT, Eskelinen A, Mann BS, Junnila M, Ohtonen P, Leppilahti J (2012) Survivorship of high tibial<br />

osteotomy in the treatment of osteoarthritis of the knee: Finnish registry-based study of 3195 knees. J<br />

Bone Joint Surg (Br) 94:1517-21<br />

28. W-Dahl A, Robertsson O, Lohmander LS (2012) High tibial osteotomy in Sweden, 1998-2007: a<br />

population-based study of the use and rate of revision to knee arthroplasty. Acta Orthopaedica. 83:244-<br />

8


High Tibial Osteotomy in the Athlete's Knee<br />

J. Robert Giffin, MD, FRCSC CANADA


Multiple Ligament Injury<br />

Christopher Harner, MD USA


4/9/2013<br />

Combined Anatomic PCL<br />

and PLC Reconstruction<br />

<strong>ISAKOS</strong> <strong>Sports</strong> <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation <strong>Course</strong>:<br />

Global Perspectives for the Physical<br />

Therapist and Athletic Trainer<br />

Toronto, Canada<br />

May 12, 2013<br />

Robert F. LaPrade, M.D., Ph.D.<br />

Chief Medical Officer<br />

Steadman Philippon Research Institute<br />

Deputy Director, <strong>Sports</strong> Medicine Fellowship<br />

Complex Knee and <strong>Sports</strong> Medicine Surgeon<br />

The Steadman Clinic Vail, CO<br />

Adjunct Professor, University of Minnesota<br />

Disclosures<br />

I, Robert F. LaPrade, have relevant The Steadman Philippon Research<br />

financial relationships to be discussed, Institute is a 501(c)(3) non-profit<br />

directly or indirectly, referred to or<br />

illustrated with or without recognition<br />

within the presentation as follows:<br />

institution supported financially by<br />

private donations and corporate<br />

support from the following entities:<br />

• Editorial Boards for AJSM & KSSTA • Smith & Nephew Endoscopy<br />

• Consultant : Arthrex<br />

• Arthrex, Inc.<br />

• AOSSM Research Grant<br />

• Siemens Medical Solutions USA,<br />

• OREF Career Development Grant; Inc.<br />

OREF Clinical Research Award • Sonoma Orthopedics, Inc.<br />

2013<br />

• ConMed Linvatec<br />

• Health East Norway Research • Össur Americas<br />

Grant<br />

• Small Bone Innovations, Inc.<br />

• Minnesota Medical Foundation<br />

• Opedix<br />

Grants<br />

• Evidence Based Apparel<br />

Incidence of PLC Injuries with<br />

PCL Tears<br />

• Fanelli et al. Arthoscopy<br />

1995<br />

─ 222 pts with hemarthrosis,<br />

27% with injury PLC<br />

─ Of 85 PCL injuries, 53<br />

had ( 62 % ) PLC injury<br />

• Most patients with grade<br />

3 posterior drawer (≥ 12<br />

mm on stress xrays)<br />

Combined > Isolated PLC Injuries<br />

Two Studies –173<br />

total patients<br />

(LaPrade, 1996;<br />

Geeslin, 2010)<br />

Isolated 28%<br />

Combined 72%<br />

* Lachman or posterior drawer<br />

3+ - Think posterolateral<br />

Clinically Relevant Biomechanics of<br />

the Posterolateral Knee and PCL<br />

Posterior Translation<br />

• PCL - main restraint:<br />

8 mm PT (grade 2)<br />

• Combined PCL/PLT:<br />

>12 mm PT (grade 3)<br />

1


4/9/2013<br />

Dial test at 30° and 90°<br />

• External rotation of<br />

tibial tubercle (10° -<br />

15° increase):<br />

(Grood, 1988; Fanelli, 1998)<br />

• If increases at 90° ><br />

5°, PCL (Grood, 1988)<br />

and / or ACL also<br />

injured (Wroble, 1993)<br />

• PCL injuries alone<br />

don’t have ER<br />

Effect of PLC Injuries on a PCL<br />

Reconstruction Graft<br />

(LaPrade, AJSM, 2002)<br />

Relative Change in PCL Graft<br />

Force (N)<br />

50<br />

45<br />

40<br />

35<br />

30<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

PFL Cut<br />

PLT Cut<br />

ALL Cut<br />

30 60 90<br />

Flexion Angle (Degrees)<br />

• PCL grafts loaded<br />

with Varus<br />

Relative Change in PCL Graft<br />

Force (N)<br />

20<br />

18<br />

16<br />

14<br />

12<br />

10<br />

8<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

0<br />

PFL Cut<br />

PLT Cut<br />

ALL Cut<br />

30 60 90<br />

Flexion Angle (Degrees)<br />

• PCL grafts also<br />

loaded with PD & ER<br />

Effect of PLC Injuries on a PCL<br />

Reconstruction Graft<br />

(LaPrade, 2002)<br />

• Repair / reconstruct<br />

posterolateral structures<br />

at time of PCLR to<br />

decrease chance of postreconstruction<br />

PCL graft<br />

failure<br />

• Assess for PLC knee injury<br />

prior to PCL graft fixation<br />

Combined PLC/PLC<br />

Treatment Overview<br />

• Acute – timing,<br />

concurrent<br />

injuries, peroneal<br />

nerve<br />

• Chronic –<br />

alignment,<br />

concurrent<br />

injuries<br />

Treatment of Acute Combined<br />

PLC/PCL Knee Injuries<br />

Preoperative Planning<br />

Identify injury pattern<br />

(exam, MRI)<br />

Try to operate within<br />

first 2-3 weeks<br />

ID peroneal nerve injuries<br />

Address all torn<br />

structures<br />

Approach PLC first<br />

2


4/9/2013<br />

Systematically ID<br />

PLC Injury Locations<br />

1. Fibular based<br />

2. Tibial based<br />

3. Femoral based<br />

4. Lateral meniscal<br />

attachments<br />

(Geeslin, JBJS 2011)<br />

PLC Lateral Hockey Stick<br />

Incision<br />

Gerdy’s Tubercle<br />

Along posterior<br />

border of ITB<br />

Develop<br />

posteriorly based<br />

flap<br />

Peroneal Neurolysis<br />

Along posterior<br />

border of long head<br />

of biceps<br />

Gain Access to PFL /<br />

posterior knee<br />

Use caution for<br />

biceps avulsions<br />

Identify Fibular and Tibial<br />

Attachment Injuries<br />

• Proximal release of avulsed biceps<br />

• Identify common peroneal nerve<br />

• Identify FCL, PFL and meniscotibial lateral capsule<br />

Copyright © Steadman Philippon Research Institute<br />

Expose FCL-Biceps Bursa<br />

FCL attachment<br />

on Fibula<br />

PEARL: Traction<br />

suture to find<br />

proximal FCL<br />

injury<br />

Identify Femoral Attachment Sites<br />

• Split superficial layer of iliotibial band<br />

• Identify FCL and popliteus attachments<br />

• Separate out underlying lateral capsule<br />

Copyright © Steadman Philippon Research Institute<br />

3


4/9/2013<br />

Lateral Arthrotomy Incision<br />

1 cm anterior to FCL<br />

Access to popliteus<br />

attachment,<br />

popliteomeniscal<br />

fascicles, LM<br />

Arthroscopic Evaluation<br />

(LaPrade, AJSM, 1997)<br />

Perform after exposure to<br />

avoid fluid extravasation<br />

“Drive-through sign”<br />

> 1 cm of lateral joint<br />

line opening<br />

Assists with surgical<br />

incision placement<br />

Femoral or tibial based<br />

lesions<br />

Arthroscopic Evaluation<br />

Popliteus avulsion<br />

Mid-third lateral<br />

capsular ligament<br />

─ mensicofemoral<br />

─ meniscotibial<br />

Popliteomeniscal<br />

fascicles<br />

Coronary ligament<br />

Double Bundle PCL Reconstruction<br />

Steps<br />

• Identify/mark<br />

femoral<br />

attachments<br />

(Johannsen AJSM 2013)<br />

Double Bundle PCL Reconstruction<br />

Steps<br />

• Establish<br />

posteromedial<br />

portal<br />

Double Bundle PCL Reconstruction<br />

Steps<br />

• Identify tibial<br />

attachment/ drill pin/<br />

fluoroscopy<br />

(Johannsen AJSM 2013)<br />

4


4/9/2013<br />

Double Bundle PCL Reconstruction<br />

Steps<br />

• Ream femoral tunnels<br />

(endoscopic closed<br />

sockets)<br />

Double Bundle PCL Reconstruction<br />

Steps<br />

• Ream tibial tunnel<br />

last<br />

• Verify guide pin<br />

placement<br />

• Protect posterior<br />

structures with<br />

currette<br />

Double Bundle PCL Reconstruction<br />

Steps<br />

• Endoscopically pass<br />

grafts into femur<br />

• Secure grafts in<br />

femur<br />

• Pass grafts down<br />

tibia<br />

• Hold tibial fixation<br />

Systematic PLC Repair /<br />

Reconstruction Method<br />

1. Femoral attachments<br />

2. Meniscal attachments<br />

3. Tibial attachments<br />

4. Fibular attachments<br />

*Same stepwise Rx<br />

almost every case<br />

Avulsions Off Femur<br />

Popliteus avulsion –<br />

recess procedure<br />

(Jakob, 1982; LaPrade, 1997; Geeslin,<br />

JBJS, 2011)<br />

─ Transfemoral eyelet pin<br />

─ Ream 1 cm tunnel<br />

─ Pull sutures across<br />

femur, tie over medial<br />

button<br />

*Secure in full extension<br />

Meniscal - Based Tears<br />

• Coronary ligament<br />

of posterior horn of<br />

meniscus – direct<br />

repair<br />

• Popliteomensical<br />

fascicle tears –<br />

direct repair if<br />

lateral meniscus<br />

unstable<br />

5


4/9/2013<br />

Repair Lateral Capsule<br />

Anchors at joint line<br />

Suture into undersurface LM<br />

Separate capsule from ITB<br />

Avulsion Off Fibular Head / Styloid<br />

Popliteofibular ligament<br />

– suture anchors<br />

Biceps femoris<br />

– suture anchors<br />

FCL – suture anchors<br />

Allow for secure repair /<br />

early ROM<br />

Midsubstance Tears of FCL<br />

or Popliteus Tendon<br />

Consider augmentation<br />

(biceps femoris,<br />

ITB, hamstrings)<br />

Anatomic<br />

reconstructions of<br />

FCL, popliteus tendon<br />

or entire PLC<br />

FCL Reconstructions<br />

(Coobs, 2007; LaPrade, 2010)<br />

Anatomic FCLR<br />

Midsubstance tears,<br />

unable to reduce in<br />

extension<br />

Semitendinosus<br />

autograft harvested<br />

Popliteus Tendon Reconstructions<br />

(LaPrade, 2010)<br />

Nonrepairable<br />

PLT tear<br />

• FCL at 20°<br />

PLC Graft Fixation<br />

Restores ER<br />

Often concurrent<br />

with PCLR<br />

Consider with PCL<br />

stress XR > 12 mm<br />

and collaterals intact<br />

• PLT at 60°<br />

6


4/9/2013<br />

PCL Reconstruction Fixation -<br />

Tibia<br />

• Fix tibial graft ends<br />

once PLC repair/<br />

reconstruction<br />

grafts secured on<br />

femur<br />

• AL bundle at 90°<br />

• PM bundle in<br />

extension<br />

Determine “Safe Zone” of<br />

Knee Motion<br />

• Full extension a must<br />

• Amount of safe flexion assessed (>90°)<br />

Postop <strong>Rehab</strong> of Acute PLC/PCL<br />

NWB 6 weeks<br />

ROM<br />

─ Start POD #1<br />

─ Stress full extension<br />

─ Prone flexion 0 - 90º<br />

for 2 wks, then ROM<br />

─ No isolated hamstrings<br />

for 4 months<br />

─ Avoid posterior sag!<br />

─ PCL brace x 6 months<br />

Treatment of Chronic<br />

Grade III PLC/PCL Injuries<br />

Chronic Grade III<br />

PLC Injuries<br />

Assess for varus alignment first<br />

─ Long leg standing x-ray is<br />

necessary<br />

─ Correct for varus alignment or<br />

soft tissue reconstruction will<br />

stretch out<br />

Sagittal Plane<br />

─ Posterior tilt in<br />

PCLD knee<br />

Healed Proximal Tibial Osteotomy<br />

• Reassess at 6 months<br />

postop osteotomy for<br />

need for soft tissue<br />

reconstruction<br />

• If still unstable, consider<br />

2nd stage PLC<br />

reconstruction<br />

7


4/9/2013<br />

Indications for Chronic and<br />

Combined PLC/PCL Reconstruction<br />

Case Based Video –<br />

Chronic PLC Injury<br />

Normal or corrected<br />

(varus) alignment<br />

Chronic PLC/PCL<br />

Anatomic Posterolateral Knee<br />

Reconstruction Technique<br />

Reconstructs FCL, PLT, PFL<br />

Biomechanically validated<br />

Prospective study (>200 pts)<br />

30 minute procedure<br />

Anatomic PLC Reconstruction<br />

Overview<br />

2 grafts<br />

FCL, PLT, PFL<br />

reconstructed<br />

PA<br />

Lateral<br />

Surgical Steps – Abbreviated Overview<br />

1. Posteriorly based flap<br />

2. Peroneal neurolysis<br />

3. Prepare tunnels at<br />

attachment sites<br />

4. Address intraarticular<br />

pathology<br />

5. Prepare grafts *No tourniquet needed<br />

6. Pass / fix grafts<br />

Chronic PLCR/PCLR Post-op <strong>Rehab</strong><br />

• NWB 6 wks; start ROM<br />

POD #1<br />

• Prone knee flexion 0-<br />

90° x 2 weeks then ↑<br />

as tolerated<br />

• Exercise bike – POW #7<br />

• Avoidance of isolated<br />

hamstrings x 4 months<br />

• PCL brace x 6 months<br />

8


4/9/2013<br />

Posterolateral Outcomes Studies<br />

(LaPrade, AJSM 2007; LaPrade, JBJS 2010; LaPrade, AJSM 2010;<br />

Geeslin JBJS 2011)<br />

Outcomes of Acute Hybrid-Anatomic<br />

Repairs/Reconstructions<br />

• Early identification and<br />

treatment Important!<br />

• Geeslin, LaPrade (JBJS, 2011)<br />

– 30 Knees, 2.4 yr F/U<br />

– IKDC Preop = 29.1,<br />

Postop = 81.5<br />

– Varus Stress Preop = 6.2 mm,<br />

Postop = 0.1 mm<br />

– 8 isolated, 22 combined<br />

• Midsubstance repairs do not do well<br />

(37- 40% failure) (Stannard 2005, Levy 2010)<br />

PTO for Chronic PLC Injury<br />

• 21 pts, 3.8 year avg. f/u<br />

• 38% did not need PLCR<br />

• Most isolated PLC<br />

injuries did not need<br />

PLCR<br />

• Low velocity < high<br />

velocity<br />

Outcomes of Anatomic Posterolateral<br />

Knee Reconstructions<br />

• 64 pts., 4.3 year f/u<br />

• Final Cincinnati<br />

scores 65.7<br />

• Varus preop (IKDC):<br />

1-B, 4-C, 49-D<br />

• Varus postop:<br />

45-A, 5-B, 4-D<br />

Outcomes of Anatomic FCLR<br />

• Prospective – 20 Patients<br />

• Preop varus stress xrays<br />

3.9 mm<br />

• Postop varus stress xrays<br />

-0.4 mm<br />

• IKDC improved from 34.7<br />

to 88.1<br />

Outcomes of DB-PCLR<br />

• 39 Pts, 2.5 yr avg. f/u (8 lost)<br />

• 7 isolated PCLR, 32<br />

combined reconstructions<br />

• Cincinnati and IKDC subjective<br />

scores improved from<br />

34.5 & 39.3 73.2 & 74.3<br />

• On post stress x-rays, post tib<br />

translation 15 mm 0.9 mm<br />

9


4/9/2013<br />

Conclusions – Combined<br />

PCL-PLC Reconstructions<br />

• Most PCLR = combined<br />

• Utilize stress x-rays<br />

• Combined acute/chronic PCL-PLC<br />

reconstructions provide excellent<br />

objective/subjective pt outcomes<br />

• Anatomically placed PLC/PCL grafts<br />

do not stretch out with early ROM<br />

Steadman Philippon<br />

Research Institute<br />

Biomechanics<br />

Research Department<br />

THANK<br />

YOU<br />

10


Session IV<br />

Knee - <strong>Sports</strong><br />

Medicine


Meniscus Repair and ACL Reconstruction in Athletes<br />

Moises Cohen, MD, PhD BRAZIL


<strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation for Meniscus Injuries<br />

James Irrgang, PT, PhD, ATC, FAPTA USA


Non‐Operative Management of Patellofemoral Pain<br />

Greg Alcock, MScP.T.,BHSc.P.T., B.A. Hons.P.E., Dip. Manip.,FCA CANADA


18/04/2013<br />

Surgical Management of<br />

Patellofemoral<br />

Pain &Instability<br />

What makes you having that !<br />

David DEJOUR<br />

Unlucky<br />

schedule<br />

Genetics<br />

?<br />

Traumatic<br />

Fortune<br />

teller…<br />

FRANCE<br />

The question Is :<br />

Who is your patient ?<br />

General agreement<br />

Abnormalities in the “pulley system”<br />

• Average annual incidence of<br />

primary patellar dislocations is<br />

5.8 per 100,000<br />

• Incidence increases to 29 per<br />

100,000 in the 10-17 year age<br />

group<br />

Patello-Femoral anatomy ?<br />

Local system<br />

• Trochlear shape<br />

• Patellar shape<br />

• Cartilage shape and status<br />

• Soft tissue restraints<br />

Alignment ?<br />

Global system<br />

• Extensor mechanism<br />

• Tilting observation<br />

• Torsionnal data<br />

• Recurrence rates of 15-44% after<br />

non-op treatment<br />

Fithian et al AJSM 2004<br />

Hawkins et al AJSM 1986<br />

Power activation? Central system<br />

• Muscle<br />

• Brain<br />

Malalignment<br />

Clinical testing :Subjective<br />

Question ? • Torsion<br />

angle evaluation • Dynamic evaluation<br />

• Tilting<br />

• Mobility<br />

Malalignment<br />

Radiological testing : Objective<br />

Axial 30°<br />

CT Scan<br />

MRI<br />

No statistical threshold<br />

correlated to PF<br />

dislocation…<br />

C. Chu<br />

1


18/04/2013<br />

CT Scan<br />

Information - Advantage<br />

CT Scan Evaluation<br />

Lyon’s Protocol<br />

CT Scan Evaluation<br />

Lyon Protocol<br />

Patient installation<br />

56 % > 20 mm<br />

Dislocation population<br />

Abnormal if > 20°<br />

83% in the dislocation population<br />

1. Femoral torsion<br />

2. Knee rotation<br />

3. TT-TG<br />

4. Patellar Tilt<br />

5. Trochlear slope<br />

6. Tibial rotation<br />

- supine position<br />

- on a wood board<br />

- knee extended<br />

- feet closed together<br />

- symetrical position<br />

- fixed with strap<br />

TT -TG<br />

Control 12 mm P = 0,003<br />

chnical Note<br />

Te<br />

Tibial Tubercle Transfer<br />

Is Indicated IF…<br />

Patella Alta<br />

True Patellar Instability<br />

+<br />

Or/ And<br />

“malalignment”<br />

Excessive TT-TG<br />

Tibial Tubercle Transfer<br />

Distalisation<br />

• 2 Bicortical Screw<br />

• Perpendicular<br />

5 to 6 Cm Osteotomy<br />

Medialisation<br />

• Distal Hinge<br />

• 1 Bicortical Screw<br />

Patellar tendon<br />

exposure<br />

Tibial Tubercle Transfer<br />

Technical Tricks<br />

Pre drilling 3.2<br />

Osteotomy saw<br />

Indication for TT Transfer<br />

Only for Objective Patellar Instability<br />

Distalisation<br />

If Patella Alta > 1.2<br />

Medialisation<br />

If excessive TT-TG > 20 mm<br />

Quantify the correction<br />

Fixing with<br />

4.5 AO screw<br />

perpendicular<br />

2


18/04/2013<br />

chnical Note<br />

Te<br />

Medialisation<br />

• 5 to 6 cm Osteotomy<br />

• Distal Hinge +++<br />

• 1 Bicortical Screw<br />

Te echnical Note<br />

Medialisation<br />

• Medialisation<br />

• No advancement<br />

1. Kneeling pain<br />

2. Skin healing<br />

3. Unaesthetic aspect<br />

echnical Note<br />

Te<br />

Amount of Medialisation<br />

10 < TT-TG< 15 mm<br />

23,2 mm<br />

Medialisation = 10 mm<br />

<strong>Rehab</strong>ilita ation program<br />

Post operative care<br />

- Full weight bearing with crutches<br />

- Extension brace for walking 30 days<br />

- Isometric Muscle strengthening<br />

g<br />

- Passive motion 0° / 100° 30 days<br />

New TT-TG 13,2 mm<br />

Cl linical results<br />

Medialisation<br />

10 mm < TT - TG < 15 mm<br />

88 %<br />

Satisfed , VS<br />

linical results<br />

Cl<br />

Correlation<br />

Medialisation & Trochlear shape<br />

Flatter trochlea is, higher could be the transfer<br />

Hypercorrection<br />

Hypercorrection<br />

TT-TG TG < 10 mm<br />

30% Poor<br />

D.Dejour and All. Ortopedia Reumatologia Spinger 2008<br />

3


18/04/2013<br />

Patella Index…<br />

Patella Alta gives specific<br />

Cartilage damage<br />

Pain<br />

and +/-<br />

Instability<br />

Blackburne<br />

&<br />

Peel<br />

Insall<br />

&<br />

Salvati<br />

Insall<br />

&<br />

Salvati<br />

Modified<br />

TKA Analysis Patellar shape +/- ++<br />

Caton<br />

Deschamps<br />

Normal = 1<br />

Alta ≥ 1,2<br />

Distalisation if index > 1,2<br />

Distalisation could relocate the<br />

patella where the groove is deeper<br />

I = 1,05<br />

But also if<br />

- Index border line<br />

No patella on the CT scan<br />

No trochlear groove<br />

Mild distal. = 5 mm<br />

Patellar tendon length correction<br />

Distalisation leads<br />

to automatic medialisation = 4 mm<br />

Patellar tendon tenodesis (Ph Neyret 2002)<br />

Decreased TT-TG<br />

Medialised the patella<br />

4


18/04/2013<br />

Conclusion<br />

The best indication for<br />

Tibial Transfer<br />

is the Patella Alta<br />

Mostly combined to a MPFL<br />

Procedure to correct the tilt<br />

General agreement<br />

Abnormalities in the “pulley system”<br />

Patello-Femoral anatomy ?<br />

Local system<br />

• Trochlear shape<br />

• Patellar shape<br />

• Cartilage shape and status<br />

• Soft tissue restraints<br />

Alignment ?<br />

Global system<br />

Power activation? Central system<br />

• Muscle<br />

• Brain<br />

• Extensor mechanism<br />

• Tilting observation<br />

• Torsionnal data<br />

Soft tissues<br />

Medial<br />

E Arendt<br />

Lateral<br />

MPFL reconstruction<br />

BONY Approach<br />

Biomechanical studies from A. Amis…<br />

Important Principles<br />

‣ Position the graft anatomically. Placing the femoral tunnel too far proximal<br />

results in excessive PF forces.<br />

‣ Tension the graft with the knee in flexion. Over-tightening the graft causes<br />

excessive PF forces. Too loose is better than too tight<br />

‣ Drill patellar tunnels cautiously. Violation of the anterior cortex increases<br />

the risk of fracture.<br />

‣ Autologous hamstring grafts are frequently used because they are strong<br />

and long enough, readily available and easily harvested.<br />

‣ An MPFL reconstruction is sturdy enough to allow “aggressive<br />

rehabilitation” with early weightbearing and unrestricted motion ???<br />

MPFL Techniques …<br />

Numerous techniques but the first was Brazilian !<br />

Ellera Gomes JL. Medial patellofemoral reconstruction for recurrent<br />

dislocation of the patella: a preliminary report. Arthroscopy. 1992<br />

• Soft tissus procedure<br />

• Bony procedure<br />

• Mix procedure<br />

5


18/04/2013<br />

Soft tissus MPFL …<br />

Bony procedure MPFL …<br />

Vincent Chassaing (Fr)<br />

All in sub cutaneous technique<br />

Third adductor fixation<br />

Anchor on patella<br />

Blind tunnel on femur<br />

Trans patella tunnel…<br />

Fixation Options- Patella<br />

Complications…<br />

Fracturere<br />

Farr & Schepsis, 2006 Brown & Ahmad, 2007 LeGrand et al, 2007<br />

Bone Anchors<br />

Bone Tunnel Bridge<br />

MPFL Plasty<br />

MPFL Reconstruction<br />

2 bony Tunnels anterior cortex patella<br />

Gracilis<br />

Tunnel femoral epicondyle<br />

D.Dejour<br />

• Gracilis<br />

• Tension = Full flexion<br />

• Lateral Release if no medial displacement<br />

6


18/04/2013<br />

The Best Indication<br />

Low Grade Abnormalities<br />

No patella Alta TT-GT < 20 mm Dysplasia Type A<br />

Patello-Femoral Anatomy ?<br />

Local system<br />

C. Fink<br />

Index = 1<br />

TAGT = 17 mm<br />

Cartilage & Patella Deep Trochlea MPFL & Soft Tissus<br />

?<br />

MPFL rupture or distension<br />

Trochleoplasty<br />

Why doing a Trochleoplasty ?<br />

The surgical technique…<br />

David DEJOUR<br />

How doing a Trochleoplasty ?<br />

Patellar Shift/mm<br />

5<br />

0<br />

-5<br />

-10<br />

-15<br />

-20<br />

Patellar medio-lateral tracking<br />

A A Amis, C Oguz , A M J Bull, W Senavongse, D Dejour<br />

Normal Knee<br />

JBJS 2008<br />

0 50 100 150<br />

Biomechanical effect on patellar tracking<br />

Only for dislocation !!!!<br />

Trochlear Dysplasia Type B and D<br />

Patellar Shift/mm<br />

Tibial Flexion/degrees<br />

Trochlear 0 Dysplasia<br />

-50 -5 0 50 100 150<br />

-10<br />

-15<br />

-20<br />

-25<br />

Patellar Shift/mm<br />

yp<br />

Tibial Flexion/degrees<br />

0<br />

-50 -5 0 50 100 150<br />

-10<br />

-15<br />

-20<br />

-25<br />

Trochleoplasty<br />

Tibial Flexion/degrees<br />

A Amis : Imperial College<br />

London (UK)<br />

Trochlea Bump +++ impingement with Patella<br />

7


18/04/2013<br />

High grade Trochlear dysplasia<br />

Maltracking : Horizontal plane<br />

Elevation<br />

Lateral Facet<br />

Trochleoplasty<br />

Closing wedge<br />

trochleoplasty<br />

Impingement : Sagittal plane<br />

Deepening and<br />

create a groove<br />

ALBEE Procedure<br />

Elevating trochleoplasty<br />

?<br />

Grade Grade B +/- B<br />

Grade C<br />

ALBEE Procedure<br />

• Very efficient : Stability<br />

• Good if no proeminence, if short trochlea<br />

(Biedert)<br />

• Increase lateral pressure<br />

• Increase trochlear proeminence<br />

Pain ?? Future arthritis ?? Medial Tilt !!!<br />

Grade D<br />

Closing Wedge trochleoplasty<br />

Goutallier 2002 (RCO)<br />

Closing Wedge trochleoplasty<br />

Reduce the bump<br />

No change of the trochlear shape<br />

Ph Beaufils<br />

Ph Beaufils<br />

8


18/04/2013<br />

Deepening<br />

TROCHLEOPLASTY<br />

H. Dejour 1987 (Masse 1978)<br />

Create a new groove – remove the prominence +++<br />

Deepening TROCHLEOPLASTY<br />

H Bereiter technique<br />

Total Trochlear Flap<br />

Cancellous bone modelling (burr)<br />

PDS Band in the groove<br />

Knot in the gutter<br />

under the synovium<br />

Deepening TROCHLEOPLASTY<br />

Arthroscopic Technique Blond-Schottle technique<br />

Blønd L, Schöttle PB.<br />

Knee Surg <strong>Sports</strong> Traumatol Arthrosc. 2010<br />

Deepening TROCHLEOPLASTY<br />

S. Donell technique<br />

Modified Dejour trochleoplasty for severe dysplasia: operative technique and early<br />

clinical results.<br />

Donell ST, Joseph G, Hing CB, Marshall TJ.<br />

Knee. 2006<br />

Arthroscopic control of the bone resection<br />

Courtesy Of S. Donell<br />

Deepening<br />

TROCHLEOPLASTY<br />

Lyon’ Procedure ( H. Dejour) 1987<br />

The sulcus deepening trochleoplasty-the Lyon's<br />

procedure. Dejour D, Saggin P.<br />

Int Orthop. 2010<br />

Osteotomies in patello-femoral instabilities.<br />

Dejour D, Le Coultre B.<br />

<strong>Sports</strong> Med Arthrosc. 2007<br />

Deepening Trochleoplasty<br />

H. Dejour<br />

1987<br />

9


18/04/2013<br />

The supra trochear spur<br />

++++<br />

Supra-trochlear<br />

Dysplasia and Bump<br />

Cartilaginous<br />

trochlea<br />

Patellar tilt<br />

Missed engagement<br />

Trochleoplasty effect<br />

Decrease the TT-TG value<br />

“Trochlear Groove Lateralisation”<br />

Proximal re-alignment<br />

TT-TG : 19 mm<br />

TT-TG : 14 mm<br />

Proximal Re-Alignment<br />

Original Groove<br />

Lateralization of the Groove<br />

Reduce the TT- TG<br />

MPFL has to be repaired !!!<br />

VMO plasty shouldn’t be done !!!<br />

Sulcus angle 172° Sulcus angle 155°<br />

As a combined procedure<br />

Indication for<br />

Deepening TROCHLEOPLASTY<br />

• Rare & high demanding<br />

• Very efficient on the stability<br />

• Aetiologic<br />

• Indicate for Type B et D<br />

Grade D<br />

Grade B<br />

FAQ about trochleoplasty ?<br />

• Cartilage viability ?<br />

No influence “Shoettle KSSTA 2007”<br />

f<br />

• Congruence with the patella ?<br />

• Associated instability factors ?<br />

MPFL rupture or distention ++++<br />

10


18/04/2013<br />

Congruence with patella ?<br />

Patellar Dysplasia ?<br />

Congruence Trochlea - Patella<br />

Patella Osteotomy : Rare !!!<br />

Be aware of a hypermedialisation !!!!!<br />

Deepening Trochleoplasty<br />

Salvage procedure +++<br />

Difficult population<br />

Very efficient on stability +++<br />

Good correction of patellar tilt & MPFL +++<br />

Good and difficult indication dedicated to<br />

very special patients<br />

Bony structures<br />

Trochlear shape<br />

Patellar Height<br />

Patellar shape<br />

Stability = Balancing<br />

Soft tissues balancing<br />

Surgical Algorythm<br />

“lemenuàlacarte”<br />

la Extensor mechanism<br />

de LYON<br />

alignment<br />

Vastus medialis<br />

Correct One by One<br />

anatomical abnormalities<br />

Thank You !!!<br />

MPFL<br />

Henri Dejour 1987<br />

Lateral retinaculum<br />

Surgical planning<br />

“menu à la carte”<br />

H. Dejour<br />

Correct one by one all anatomical abnormalities<br />

General agreement<br />

Abnormalities in the “pulley system”<br />

Patello-Femoral anatomy ?<br />

Local system<br />

Alignment ?<br />

Global system<br />

• Trochlear shape<br />

• Patellar shape<br />

• Cartilage shape and status<br />

• Soft tissue restraints<br />

• Extensor mechanism<br />

• Tilting observation<br />

• Torsionnal data<br />

Dysplasia B&D<br />

Patella Alta TT-TG > 20mm Tilt > 20°<br />

Trochleoplasty Distalisation Medialisation MPFL<br />

+/- +/- +/-<br />

Power activation? Central system<br />

• Muscle<br />

• Brain<br />

11


18/04/2013<br />

Management<br />

Patello-Femoral Pain<br />

Primitive Patellar Painful Symdrome<br />

Adolescent<br />

Mostly female<br />

Sometime initial trauma<br />

Uni or bilateral<br />

None sport addicted<br />

No swelling knee<br />

Patient analysis<br />

GLOBAL<br />

ANALYSIS<br />

David DEJOUR<br />

FRANCE<br />

Relationship between<br />

morphotype and the<br />

muscle organisation ?<br />

Post. Chains<br />

Ant. Chains<br />

Stiffness and morphotype<br />

Stiffness or muscle asymmetry<br />

External analysis rest position<br />

Think to the back<br />

Increase the Patello-femoral pressure in flexion<br />

Quad<br />

Hamstrings<br />

Pain !!!<br />

Management of<br />

Patellar painful syndrome<br />

Do not say !<br />

• It's nothing !<br />

• It's psychological !<br />

• It's not surgical : Goodbye !<br />

Treatment Patellar Painful Syndrome<br />

But EXPLAIN !<br />

• No future arthritis<br />

• No surgery<br />

• Always back to normal<br />

• No sport limitation<br />

• What is muscle stiffness !!!<br />

12


18/04/2013<br />

• With Physiotherapist first<br />

To learn exercises<br />

• Patient education two times / Week (15 Min)<br />

13


Core Stabilization and Knee Injury Prevention<br />

Timothy Hewett, PhD USA


Session V<br />

Degenerative<br />

Knee


Overview of Articular Cartilage Surgery<br />

Ramon Cugat, MD, PhD SPAIN


<strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation After Articular Cartilage Surgery<br />

Lynn Snyder‐Mackler, PT, ScD, FAPTA USA


Non‐Operative Management of Knee Osteoarthritis<br />

May Arna Risberg, PhD NORWAY


4/9/2013<br />

Surgical Options for<br />

Osteoarthritis<br />

<strong>ISAKOS</strong> <strong>Sports</strong> <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation <strong>Course</strong>:<br />

Global Perspectives for the Physical<br />

Therapist and Athletic Trainer<br />

Toronto, Canada<br />

May 13, 2013<br />

Robert F. LaPrade, M.D., Ph.D.<br />

Chief Medical Officer<br />

Steadman Philippon Research Institute<br />

Deputy Director, <strong>Sports</strong> Medicine Fellowship<br />

Complex Knee and <strong>Sports</strong> Medicine Surgeon<br />

The Steadman Clinic Vail, CO<br />

Adjunct Professor, University of Minnesota<br />

Disclosures<br />

I, Robert F. LaPrade, have relevant The Steadman Philippon Research<br />

financial relationships to be discussed, Institute is a 501(c)(3) non-profit<br />

directly or indirectly, referred to or<br />

illustrated with or without recognition<br />

within the presentation as follows:<br />

institution supported financially by<br />

private donations and corporate<br />

support from the following entities:<br />

• Editorial Boards for AJSM & KSSTA • Smith & Nephew Endoscopy<br />

• Consultant : Arthrex<br />

• Arthrex, Inc.<br />

• AOSSM Research Grant<br />

• Siemens Medical Solutions USA,<br />

• OREF Career Development Grant; Inc.<br />

OREF Clinical Research Award • Sonoma Orthopedics, Inc.<br />

2013<br />

• ConMed Linvatec<br />

• Health East Norway Research • Össur Americas<br />

Grant<br />

• Small Bone Innovations, Inc.<br />

• Minnesota Medical Foundation<br />

• Opedix<br />

Grants<br />

• Evidence Based Apparel<br />

Background: Osteoarthritis<br />

• OA is a complex interaction of biological,<br />

mechanical, and biochemical (Goldring, J Cell Phs 2007)<br />

– Aging is the primary risk<br />

factor (Loeser, Clin Geri Med 2010)<br />

– Greater stress to joints<br />

due to decreased dissipation<br />

of forces (Chen, JAAOS, 2005)<br />

– Injury and malalignment<br />

accelerate the process<br />

(Muthuri, OA Cartilage 2011,<br />

Felson, Arthritis Rheum 2004)<br />

Background: Osteoarthritis<br />

• Older athletes are prone to develop<br />

symptoms of OA, but should not avoid sports<br />

– Active, enjoyment of sports and<br />

exercise can improve and extend<br />

life (Hunter, Sport Med 2004)<br />

– Less bone loss with exercise<br />

(Howe, et al. Cochrane Syst Rev. 2011)<br />

– Moderate exercise has an<br />

anabolic effect on cartilage<br />

(Arokoski, Scand J Med Sci <strong>Sports</strong> 2000)<br />

Treatment Modalities<br />

• OA can be treated with numerous modalities:<br />

– Dietary & lifestyle modifications, physical therapy, bracing<br />

– Pharmacotherapies: most are systemic drugs that target<br />

pain relief, but have potential GI, renal, hepatic, and<br />

cardiac side effects (Sinusas, Am Fam Physician 2012)<br />

– Injections/Biologics<br />

– Knee Replacements<br />

Surgical Interventions<br />

• The focus of this talk will be on:<br />

• Arthroscopic Treatments<br />

• Osteotomy<br />

1


4/9/2013<br />

Arthroscopic Treatment<br />

• Knee OA involves Pain Generators<br />

– Stiffness<br />

– Synovitis<br />

– Loose bodies<br />

– Meniscus tears<br />

– Closed spaces due to adhesions<br />

– Contractures<br />

Arthroscopic Treatment<br />

• Removal of unstable cartilage/loose bodies<br />

• Synovectomy<br />

• Remove adhesions to restore normal<br />

biomechanics<br />

• Partial meniscectomies<br />

• Remove osteophytes to improve ROM<br />

Arthroscopic Treatment<br />

• In OA, joint mobility is important<br />

• Suprapatellar and infrapatellar<br />

adhesions effect knee kinematics<br />

– Subtle patella infera<br />

– Increased patellofemoral joint<br />

reaction force<br />

– Increased tibial-femoral reaction<br />

force (Ahmad, Mow, Steadman, et al. 1998)<br />

Microfracture<br />

• If pain generators are addressed<br />

arthroscopically, then symptoms decrease 60<br />

to 70% of the time without microfracture<br />

• Microfracture not used in OA where<br />

surrounding cartilage is thin to none<br />

Osteophyte Excision<br />

• Lack of Extension<br />

• Proximal Anterior Tibial<br />

Osteophytes<br />

• Notchplasty<br />

Arthroscopic <strong>Rehab</strong> Principles<br />

• Structured <strong>Rehab</strong>: Start POD#1,<br />

Daily (1-2x/day) for 1-2 weeks<br />

• Key to regaining full activity is<br />

obtaining full mobility<br />

• Protected weight bearing<br />

• Delayed/gradual strengthening<br />

to avoid stiffness and scar<br />

tissue recurrence<br />

2


4/9/2013<br />

Arthroscopic <strong>Rehab</strong>: Early<br />

• Ice, CPM, GameReady to decrease swelling<br />

• Manual patellar mobility<br />

– Medial-Lateral<br />

– Superior-Inferior<br />

• ROM/muscle activity without joint strain<br />

– Stationary bike without resistance<br />

– SLR<br />

– Wall slides<br />

– Water exercise when wound OK<br />

Arthroscopic <strong>Rehab</strong>: At 6 Weeks<br />

• Increase strengthening IF NO PAIN:<br />

– Increased intensity on bike<br />

– Uphill treadmill<br />

– Elliptical<br />

– Short knee bends (0 to 30°)<br />

– Emphasize closed chain<br />

exercises<br />

Arthroscopy for OA Outcomes<br />

Arthroscopy for OA Outcomes<br />

• 69 knees with 10 year minimum f/u<br />

• Mean age of 58 at time of treatment<br />

• Kellgren-Lawrence grade 3 or 4 radiographic<br />

changes<br />

• TKA recommended, none wished to undergo<br />

• Endpoint defined at TKA for survivorship<br />

• Repeat arthroscopy in 21%<br />

• 62% were converted to TKA<br />

at an average of 4.4 years<br />

• Failures were older, KL4 and<br />

kissing lesions<br />

Role of MM Root Tears and OA<br />

• Meniscal extrusion<br />

• Joint overload<br />

MM Root/Radial Root Repairs<br />

• Restore joint loads<br />

• Restore contact area<br />

• Osteonecrosis,<br />

insufficiency fracture<br />

3


4/9/2013<br />

Knee Osteotomy<br />

• Proximal tibial osteotomy<br />

for medial compartment OA<br />

and genu varus alignment<br />

• Distal femoral osteotomy for<br />

lateral compartment OA and<br />

genu valgus alignment<br />

• Indications:<br />

– Single compartment OA<br />

– Active lifestyle<br />

• Contraindications:<br />

– Age > ~55 or Severe OA<br />

Preop Radiographs<br />

• Long leg standing AP X-ray<br />

– Determine mechanical axis /<br />

coronal plane correction<br />

amount<br />

• Lateral X-ray to consider<br />

sagittal plane correction<br />

– Anterior tilt – ACLD knee,<br />

flexion contracture, posterior<br />

OA<br />

– Posterior tilt – PCLD knee,<br />

recurvatum<br />

Pre-op Planning – Varus Knee<br />

• Goal – restore corrected mechanical axis through<br />

the apex of the lateral tibial eminence (LTE)<br />

• Draw lines from LTE<br />

apex through center of<br />

the femoral head and<br />

center of talar dome<br />

• Angle formed provides<br />

osteotomy correction<br />

angle<br />

Mechanical Axis Weight Bearing<br />

Line Landmarks:<br />

• Analysis on 274 knees with AP<br />

notch x-rays determined apex<br />

of LTE to be 56% width of<br />

proximal tibia<br />

• Goal for correction of<br />

mechanical axis because it<br />

produces 10° anatomic axis<br />

• (When mechanical axis is 0 o ,<br />

the anatomic axis is 6 ° )<br />

LaPrade Arthroscopy 2012<br />

Biplanar Slope Issues<br />

• Consider staple of anterior cortex when <br />

slope desired and posteromedial plate<br />

position<br />

• Hyperextend knee to close anterior cortex<br />

• Anterior plate<br />

position to<br />

increase slope<br />

Postop <strong>Rehab</strong> = Key to Success<br />

• Indwelling pain<br />

catheters for 48 hrs<br />

• Full ROM<br />

(90° minimum 2 weeks)<br />

• NWB x 8 weeks<br />

• Exercise bike – no<br />

resistance @ 6 weeks<br />

• Progress WB 25% / wk<br />

• Wean off crutches if 3<br />

month xrays - WNL<br />

4


4/9/2013<br />

Unloader Bracing for Knee OA<br />

• Increased use in past decade<br />

• Recommended by AAOS<br />

• Reduces pain/stiffness and<br />

improves function (Briggs J<br />

Knee Surg 2012)<br />

Postop <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation<br />

• Low impact – exercise bike,<br />

walking, deep pool floatation<br />

jogging<br />

• Can use as trial before<br />

osteotomy to see if it<br />

relieves symptoms<br />

PTO for Medial OA Outcomes<br />

• 47 patients, mean age of 40.5 years<br />

• Modified Cincinnati<br />

Knee Scores improved<br />

from 42.9 to 65.1 at<br />

a mean 3.6 years f/u<br />

Distal Femoral Opening Wedge<br />

Osteotomy<br />

• Isolated lateral compartment<br />

arthritis, genu valgus<br />

• Genu valgus with:<br />

– LFC OCD ORIF (consider)<br />

– LM transplant<br />

– Lateral compartment<br />

cartilage resurfacing<br />

DFO Post-op <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation<br />

• Similar to PTO<br />

• NWB x 8 weeks,<br />

FROM<br />

• Progress WB weeks<br />

9-12<br />

DFO Outcomes Studies<br />

• Jacobi, Arch Orthop Trauma Surg, 2011<br />

– 14 pts, 45 month follow up<br />

– Good outcomes once plate removed<br />

• Koscachvili, Int Orthop, 2010<br />

– 31 patients, 15 year follow up<br />

– 50% converted to TKA<br />

– Viable option in younger patients<br />

5


4/9/2013<br />

Conclusions<br />

• Arthroscopic treatment in<br />

carefully selected patients is<br />

effective for mild to moderate<br />

OA and can delay the need for<br />

knee replacement<br />

• Osteotomy is effective for<br />

unicompartmental OA<br />

associated with malalignment<br />

in pts >~55 yrs old<br />

Steadman Philippon<br />

Research Institute<br />

BioEngineering<br />

Research Department<br />

THANK<br />

YOU<br />

6


<strong>ISAKOS</strong> <strong>Sports</strong> <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation <strong>Course</strong>:<br />

Global Perspectives for the Physical Therapist & Athletic Trainer<br />

Toronto, CAN<br />

May 12-14, 2013<br />

Functional Testing Algorithm for Return to Play Following Knee Injuries<br />

George J. Davies, DPT,MEd,PT,SCS,ATC,CSCS,PES,FAPTA<br />

Professor, Armstrong Atlantic State University, Savannah, GA.<br />

Coastal Therapy, Savannah, GA. & Gundersen Lutheran <strong>Sports</strong> Medicine, LaCrosse, WI.<br />

I. Introduction<br />

II. Importance of establishing discharge criteria: safety for patient, legal implications, etc.<br />

III. Literature review<br />

IV. Functional Testing Algorithm:<br />

• Visual Analog scale<br />

• Basic Measurements<br />

o Time/soft tissue healing<br />

o VAS (0-10 scale) (


Sport Specific Testing for the Lower Extremity in Athletes<br />

o<br />

Key Points:<br />

No consensus on which test(s) are best or most reliable/valid<br />

No consensus on which values to use|<br />

Numerous really excellent test methods available<br />

What’s appropriate for your practice<br />

Professional Athlete ------------- Recreational Athlete<br />

Football Player ------------------ Basketball Player<br />

If you do test – you will not know if a deficit exists<br />

We need objective criteria<br />

Summary and Conclusions<br />

References:<br />

1. PubMed Search, January 1, 2013<br />

2. Obremskey, WT, et.al. Level of evidence in orthopaedic journals. J Bone Joint Surg-A. 87:2632-8, 2005<br />

3. Bhandari, M, et.al. Design, conduct, and interpretation of nonrandomized orthopaedic studies: a practical<br />

approach. (ALL) EVIDENCE MATTERS. J Bone Joint Surg-A. 91:Suppl 3:1, 2009


4. Sackett, DL, Straus, SE, Richardson, WS, et.al. Evidence-Based Medicine. Churchill Livingstone, New York, 2000<br />

5. Creighton, DW, et.al. Return-to-play in sport: a decision-based model. Clin J <strong>Sports</strong> Med. 20(5):379-385, 2010<br />

6. Taber’s Cyclopedic Medical Dictionary. F.A. Davis Company, Philadelphia, 1997<br />

7. Davies, GJ, Zillmer, DA. Functional Progression of a Patient Through a <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation Program. Ortho Phys Ther<br />

Clin of North Am, 9:103-118, 2000.<br />

8. Myer, GD, Chimielewski, TL, Kauffman, D, Tillman, S. Plyometric Exercise in the <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation of Athletes:<br />

Physiological Responses and Clinical Application. J Ortho <strong>Sports</strong> Phys Ther, 36(5):2006.<br />

9. Hurd, W, Axe, M, Snyder-Mackler, L. A 10-Year Prospective Trial of a Patient Management Algorithm and<br />

Screening Examination for Highly Active Individuals With Anterior Cruciate Ligament Injury Part 1, Outcomes.<br />

Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med. 36(1):40-47, 2008<br />

10. Meyer, GD, Schmitt, LC, Brent, JL, Ford, KR, Barber Foss, KD, Scherer, BJ, Heidt, RS, Divine, JG, Hewett, TE.<br />

Utilization of modified NFL combine testing to identify functional deficits in athletes following ACL<br />

reconstruction. J Ortho <strong>Sports</strong> Phys Ther. Jun;41(6):337-387, 2011<br />

11. Yenchak, AJ, Wilk, KE, Arrigo, CA, Simpson, CD, Andrews, JR. Criteria-based management of an acute multistructure<br />

knee injury in a professional football player: a case report. J Ortho <strong>Sports</strong> Phys Ther. 41(9):675-686,<br />

2011<br />

12. Barber-Westin, SD, Noyes, FR. Factors used to determine return to unrestricted sports activities after ACL-R.<br />

Arthroscopy. 27:1697-1705, 2011<br />

13. Davies, GJ, Heiderscheit, B, Clark, M. Closed Kinetic Chain Exercises-Functional Applications in Orthopaedics.<br />

Wadsworth, C (Ed) Strength and Conditioning Applications in Orthopaedics. Orthopaedic Section, Home Study<br />

<strong>Course</strong>, LaCrosse, WI., 1998.<br />

14. Ellenbecker, TS, Davies, GJ. Proprioception and Neuromuscular Control. Chapter in Andrews, J, Harrelson, GL,<br />

Wilk, K. (Eds), Physical <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation of the Injured Athlete , 3rd. Ed., W.B. Saunders, Philadelphia, PA, 2012<br />

15. Davies, GJ. A Compendium of Isokinetics in Clinical Usage , First Edition, S & S Publishers, La Crosse, WI, 1984.<br />

16. Davies, GJ, Ellenbecker, T. The Scientific and Clinical Application of Isokinetics in Evaluation and Treatment of<br />

the Athlete. Chapter in Andrews, J, Harrelson, GL, Wilk, K. (Eds), Physical <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation of the Injured Athlete ,<br />

3rd. Ed., W.B. Saunders, Philadelphia, PA, 2012<br />

17. Ellenbecker, T, Davies, GJ. Closed Kinetic Chain Exercise: A Comprehensive Guide to Multiple Joint Exercise.<br />

Human Kinetics, IL, 2001<br />

18. Meyer, GD, et.al. Utilization of modified NFL combine testing to identify functional deficits in athletes following<br />

ACL reconstructions. J Ortho <strong>Sports</strong> Phys Ther. 41: 377-387, 2011<br />

19. Arden, CL, et.al. Return to preinjury level of competitive sport after ACL Reconstruction surgery. Am J <strong>Sports</strong><br />

Med. 39:538-543, 2011<br />

20. Grindem, H, et.al. Single-legged hop tests as predictors of self-reported knee function in nonoperatively<br />

treated individuals with ACL injury. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med. 39:2347-2354, 2011<br />

21. Collins, DR, Hedges, PB. A Comprehensive Guide to <strong>Sports</strong> Skills Tests and Measurements. Springfield, IL.,<br />

Charles C. Thomas, pp. 330-333, 1978<br />

22. Davies, GJ, et.al. Functional progression of a patient through a rehabilitation program. Orthop Phys Ther Clinics<br />

North America, 9:103-118, 2000<br />

23. Myer, GD, et.al. <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation after ACL Reconstruction: criteria-based progression through return-to-sport<br />

phase. JOSPT. 36:403-414, 2006<br />

24. Hurd, WJ, et.al. A 10-year prospective trial of a patient management algorithm and screening examination for<br />

highly active individuals with ACL injury. AJSM 36: 48-56, 2008<br />

25. Lentz, TA, et.al. Factors associated with function after ACL-R. <strong>Sports</strong> Health, 2009<br />

26. Yenchak, AJ, et.al. Criteria-based management of an acute multistructure knee injury in a professional football<br />

player. JOSPT. 41:675-686, 2011<br />

27. Verstegen, M, et.al. Suggestions from the field for return to sports participation following ACL-R: American<br />

football. JOSPT. 42:337-344, 2012<br />

28. Myer, GD, et.al. An integrated approach to change the outcome Part I: Neuromuscular screening methods to<br />

identify high ACL injury risk athletes. JSCR. 26:2265-2271, 2012<br />

29. Myer, GD, et.al. An integrated approach to change the outcome Part II: Targeted neuromuscular training<br />

techniques to reduce identified ACL injury risk factors. JSCR. 26:2272-2292, 2012<br />

30. Barber-Westin, SD, Noyes, FR. Factors used to determine return to unrestricted sports activities after ACL-R.<br />

Arthroscopy. 27:1697-1705, 2011<br />

31. Barber-Westin S.D., Noyes F.R., McCloskey J.W.: Rigorous statistical reliability, validity, and responsiveness<br />

testing of the Cincinnati Knee Rating System in 350 subjects with uninjured, injured, or anterior cruciate<br />

ligament-reconstructed knees. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med 1999; 27:402-416.<br />

32. Noyes F.R., Barber S.D., Mangine R.E.: Bone–patellar ligament–bone and fascia lata allografts for<br />

reconstruction of the anterior cruciate ligament. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1990; 72:1125-1136.<br />

33. Noyes F.R., Barber S.D., Mangine R.E.: Abnormal lower limb symmetry determined by function hop tests after<br />

anterior cruciate ligament rupture. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med 1991; 19:513-518.<br />

34. Irrgang J.J., Anderson A.F., Boland A.L., et al: Development and validation of the International Knee<br />

Documentation Committee subjective knee form. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med 2001; 29:600-613.


35. Irrgang J.J., Anderson A.F., Boland A.L., et al: Responsiveness of the International Knee Documentation<br />

Committee subjective knee form. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med 2006; 34:1567-1573.<br />

36. Irrgang J.J., Ho H., Harner C.D., Fu H.F.: Use of the International Knee Documentation Committee guidelines to<br />

assess outcome following anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. Knee Surg <strong>Sports</strong> Traumatol Arthrosc<br />

1998; 6:107-114.<br />

37. Irrgang J.J., Snyder-Mackler L., Wainner R.S., et al: Development of a patient-reported measure of function of<br />

the knee. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1998; 80:1132-1145.<br />

38. Davies GJ: The Compendium of Isokinetics in Clinical Usage & <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation Techniques, 4 th Ed, S & S<br />

Publications, Onalaska, WI. 1992.<br />

39. Tabor M, Davies GJ, et al: A multi-center study of the test- retest reliability of the lower extremity functional<br />

test. J Sport rehabil 2002: 11:190-201.<br />

40. Davies GJ: The need for critical thinking in rehabilitation. J Sport <strong>Rehab</strong>. 1995: 4:1-22.<br />

41. Wilk KE, Marcina LC, Cain EL, et al: Recent advances in the rehabilitation of ACL injuries. J Orthop <strong>Sports</strong> Phys<br />

Ther 2012:42:208-220.<br />

42. Wilk KW: Are there speed limits in rehabilitation? J Orthop <strong>Sports</strong> Phys Ther 2005: 35:50-51.<br />

43. Simoneau GG, Wilk KE: The challenge of return to sports for patients post ACL reconstruction. J Orthop <strong>Sports</strong><br />

Phys Ther 2012: 42:300-301.<br />

44. Wilk KE, Romaniello WT, Soscia SM, et al: The relationship between subjective knee scores, isokinetic testing &<br />

functional testing in the ACL reconstructed knee. J Orthop <strong>Sports</strong> Phys Ther 1994: 20-60-69.<br />

45. Smith, MV, et.al. Lower extremity-specific measures of disability and outcomes in orthopaedic surgery. J Bone<br />

Joint Surg-AM, 94:468-77, 2012


Session VI<br />

Hip


Elizaveta Kon, Giuseppe Filardo, Berardo Di Matteo, Francesco Perdisa, Luca Andriolo, Francesco<br />

Tentoni, Alessandro Di Martino, Maurilio Marcacci<br />

AFFILIATION<br />

Nano-Biotechnology Lab and II Orthopaedic Clinic, Rizzoli Orthopaedic Institute, Via di Barbiano<br />

1/10, 40136 Bologna, Italy<br />

INTRODUCTION<br />

Recent years have seen the flourishing of a completely new approach for the treatment of cartilage<br />

lesions. What we have seen is the transition from a traditional approach focusing on the concept of<br />

“repair” to the revolutionary idea of “regeneration” [1,2,3]. This fascinating perspective is one of<br />

the hottest topics of the current pre-clinical and clinical cartilage research: although orthopaedic<br />

practitioners have been always managing chondropathy and osteoarthritis, the most recent<br />

discoveries in the field of growth factors (GFs) have led to widespread enthusiasm about the<br />

application of innovative biological strategies for treating these conditions. A new figure is<br />

emerging: the “orthobiologist”, i.e. an orthopaedic surgeon specializing in biological and bioengineered<br />

treatments, both conservative and surgical. In this particular field, the role played by<br />

blood derivatives, and in particular Platelet-rich Plasma (PRP), is preeminent. Platelet-derived GFs<br />

contained in PRP are the most exploited way to administer a biological stimulus to several different<br />

damaged tissues, such as cartilage, tendons and muscle that might benefit from this particular<br />

approach [4]. Being able to treat patients with a product derived directly from their own blood is an<br />

attractive proposition due to the theoretical reduced risks of intolerance and side effects than those<br />

commonly ascribed to traditional commercial drugs. Concerning the application of this biological<br />

treatment, cartilage is one of the most targeted tissues [5]. In fact, the incidence of this kind of<br />

lesions is increasing in relation to the ever-growing interest in sport which, beyond some<br />

unquestionable beneficial effects on health, is also responsible for both traumatic and degenerative<br />

lesions of musculo-skeletal tissues [6, 7 ]. Young people, the most sport-active population, are often<br />

affected by these lesions. The treatment of cartilage pathology in these patients is often<br />

conservative, due to the limits of the current surgical treatments for cartilage lesions and the lack of<br />

indication for invasive joint metal resurfacing [3]: the constant research for innovative solutions has<br />

been one reason for the booming interest in biological approaches.


BIOLOGICAL RATIONALE AND DEFINITION OF PRP<br />

The biological rational behind this kind of treatment is the topical administration of several<br />

important molecules normally involved in joint homeostasis, healing mechanism and tissue<br />

regeneration. First of all platelet-derived GFs: a group of polypeptides playing important roles in<br />

the regulation of growth and development of several tissues, including cartilage. Platelets contain<br />

storage pools of GFs [4,8,9] such as: platelet-derived growth factor (PDGF); transforming growth<br />

factor (TGF-β); platelet-derived epidermal growth factor (PDEGF); vascular endothelial growth<br />

factor (VEGF); insulin-like growth factor 1 (IGF-1); fibroblastic growth factor (FGF); epidermal<br />

growth factor (EGF) etc…<br />

Alpha granules are also a source of cytokines, chemokines and many other proteins [4] involved in<br />

stimulating chemotaxis, cell proliferation and maturation, modulating inflammatory molecules and<br />

attracting leukocytes [4]. Besides alpha granules, platelets also contain dense granules, which store<br />

ADP, ATP, calcium ions, histamine, serotonin and dopamine, that also play a complex role in tissue<br />

modulation and regeneration [10]. Finally, platelets contain lisosomal granules which can secrete<br />

acid hydrolases, cathepsin D and E, elastases and lisozyme [11], and most likely other not yet well<br />

characterized molecules, the role of which in tissue healing should not be underestimated. Several<br />

in vitro and in vivo animal studies have showed the potential beneficial effect of PRP in promoting<br />

cellular anabolism and tissue regeneration [8] and set the rational for the application of platelet<br />

concentrates in humans.<br />

PLATELET DERIVED GROWTH FACTORS AND HIP PATHOLOGY<br />

Some studies concerning injective application of PRP in hip osteoarthritis have been published. The first one,<br />

authored by Battaglia et al. [12] reported the results of PRP ultra-sound-guided injective treatment in 20<br />

patients affected by hip OA (Kellgren-Lawrence Score from I to III): 3 intra-articular injections 2 weeks<br />

apart were performed and patients were followed-up for 1 year. The clinical outcome was positive but a<br />

worsening occurred after 3 months up to the final evaluation, thus confirming the time-dependent effect of<br />

PRP. The same group led a randomized trial comparing PRP and viscosupplementation in a cohort of 100<br />

patients affected by hip OA. Results were encouraging: both PRP and viscosupplementation provided time<br />

dependant symptomatic relief, even if a clear superiority of the biological treatment was not proved.<br />

The second one was recently published by Sanchez et al. [13], who treated 40 patients affected by<br />

OA with 3 weekly ultrasound-guided injections of PRP. Evaluation was carried out for up to 6<br />

months using the WOMAC, Harris, and VAS scores for pain. Satisfactory results were reported with<br />

a significant reduction in pain level at the first evaluation after 6 weeks, which was confirmed even


at the final follow-up of 6 months. Functional recovery was encouraging as evaluated through a<br />

specific subscale of the WOMAC score. However, 11 out of 40 patients did not have any beneficial<br />

effect after injective treatment: in these cases, a metal resurfacing was required.<br />

Beyond cartilage application, PRP has also been tested in the treatment of avascular hip<br />

osteonecrosis: a case series has been published by Guadilla et al [14] describing an original<br />

treatment consisting in the association of core decompression and PRP therapy. Four patients were<br />

treated and the biological augmentation provided by PRP resulted in a good clinical outcome in all<br />

the cases considered and the patients were able to get back to their common everyday activities.<br />

More recently a case report by Hibrahim and Dowling [15] described the positive result obtained<br />

after a single PRP injection in a woman refusing more invasive treatment.<br />

Furthermore, this biological treatment, associated with bone marrow concentrate, was used to treat a<br />

27 years old football player suffering from a gluteus minimus tendon and hip anterolateral capsular<br />

lesions [16]: a good results was achieved and resumption of sport practice was possible after a few<br />

weeks from the end of the injective treatment.<br />

CONCLUSION<br />

For what concerns the current understanding on the potential and feasibility of applying PRP in the<br />

management of cartilage pathology, it is not possible to draw definite conclusions about the efficacy<br />

of this approach, especially when applied during surgical procedure as a biological augmentation:<br />

high quality comparative studies aimed at assessing the specific role of PRP are needed. Growth<br />

factors’ administration is certainly a fascinating approach to treat cartilage pathology and at the<br />

present moment lots of researches are ongoing to establish which particular molecules could<br />

provide the best therapeutic effects and to determine the best application protocol. PRP is a widely<br />

exploited way to supply platelet-derived growth factors in the articular environment. However, the<br />

current available literature is not conclusive on the real efficacy of this approach in treating hip<br />

disorders. There are difficulties related to the great number of variables concerning PRP production,<br />

storage and administration, which make study comparison very challenging. Beyond that, the<br />

average quality of the published articles is low, with lack of randomized controlled double blind<br />

trials. Thus, no clear indication can be asserted in favour of PRP application for hip pathology with<br />

respect to other traditional approaches. What we need is more biological studies to identify the best<br />

formulation for PRP preparation and more high level clinical trials to define the best application<br />

protocol and the real therapeutic potential of this biologic treatment option.


REFERENCES<br />

1. Gomoll AH, Filardo G, de Girolamo L, Esprequeira-Mendes J, Marcacci M, Rodkey WG,<br />

Steadman RJ, Zaffagnini S, Kon E. Surgical treatment for early osteoarthritis. Part I: cartilage repair<br />

procedures. Knee Surg <strong>Sports</strong> Traumatol Arthrosc. 2012;20(3):450-66.<br />

2. Gomoll AH, Filardo G, Almqvist FK, Bugbee WD, Jelic M, Monllau JC, Puddu G, Rodkey WG,<br />

Verdonk P, Verdonk R, Zaffagnini S, Marcacci M. Surgical treatment for early osteoarthritis. Part II:<br />

allografts and concurrent procedures. Knee Surg <strong>Sports</strong> Traumatol Arthrosc. 2012;20(3):468-86.<br />

3. Kon E, Filardo G, Drobnic M, Madry H, Jelic M, van Dijk N, Della Villa S. Non-surgical<br />

management of early knee osteoarthritis. Knee Surg <strong>Sports</strong> Traumatol Arthrosc. 2012;20(3):436-49.<br />

4. Boswell SG, Cole BJ, Sundman EA, Karas V, Fortier LA. Platelet-rich plasma: a milieu of<br />

bioactive factors. Arthroscopy. 2012;28(3):429-39.<br />

5. Fortier LA, Barker JU, Strauss EJ, McCarrel TM, Cole BJ. The role of growth factors in cartilage<br />

repair. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2011 Oct;469(10):2706-15. Review.<br />

6. Curl WW, Krome J, Gordon ES, Rushing J, Smith BP, Poehling GG. Cartilage injuries: a review<br />

of 31,516 knee arthroscopies. Arthroscopy. 1997;13(4):456-60.<br />

7 . Widuchowski W, Widuchowski J, Trzaska T. Articular cartilage defects: study of 25,124 knee<br />

arthroscopies. Knee. 2007;14:177-182.<br />

8. Foster TE, Puskas BL, Mandelbaum BR, Gerhardt MB, Rodeo SA. Platelet-rich plasma: from<br />

basic science to clinical applications. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med. 2009 Nov;37(11):2259-72.<br />

9. Sanchez AR, Sheridan PJ, Kupp LI. Is platelet-rich plasma the perfect enhancement factor? A<br />

current review. Int J Oral Maxillofac Implants 2003;18:93–103.<br />

10. Mishra A, Woodall J Jr, Vieira A. Treatment of tendon and muscle using platelet-rich plasma.<br />

Clin <strong>Sports</strong> Med. 2009 Jan;28(1):113-25.<br />

11. Anitua E, Andia I, Ardanza B, Nurden P, Nurden AT. Autologous platelets as a source of proteins<br />

for healing and tissue regeneration. Tromb Haemost 2004;91:4-15<br />

12. Battaglia M, Guaraldi F, Vannini F, Buscio T, Buda R, Galletti S, Giannini S. Platelet-rich<br />

plasma (PRP) intra-articular ultrasound-guided injections as a possible treatment for hip<br />

osteoarthritis: a pilot study. Clin Exp Rheumatol. 2011;29(4):754.<br />

13. Sánchez M, Guadilla J, Fiz N, Andia I. Ultrasound-guided platelet-rich plasma injections for the<br />

treatment of osteoarthritis of the hip. Rheumatology (Oxford). 2012;51(1):144-50.<br />

14. Ibrahim V, Dowling H. Platelet-rich plasma as a nonsurgical treatment optionfor osteonecrosis.<br />

PM R. 2012 Dec;4(12):1015-9.<br />

15. Campbell KJ, Boykin RE, Wijdicks CA, Erik Giphart J, Laprade RF, Philippon MJ. Treatment<br />

of a hip capsular injury in a professional soccer player with platelet-rich plasma and bone marrow<br />

aspirate concentrate therapy. Knee Surg <strong>Sports</strong> Traumatol Arthrosc. 2012 Oct 7.<br />

16. Guadilla J, Fiz N, Andia I, Sánchez M. Arthroscopic management and platelet-rich plasma<br />

therapy for avascular necrosis of the hip. Knee Surg <strong>Sports</strong> Traumatol Arthrosc. 2012<br />

Feb;20(2):393-8.


2/2/13 <br />

NON-OPERATIVE TREATMENT OF<br />

EXTRA-ARTICULAR HIP PAIN<br />

Keelan R. Enseki, PT,MS,OCS,SCS,ATC,CSCS<br />

University of Pittsburgh<br />

Centers for <strong>Rehab</strong> Services<br />

University of Pittsburgh Center for <strong>Sports</strong> Medicine<br />

Pittsburgh, PA<br />

USA<br />

DISCLOSURES<br />

n No personal disclosures/conflicts<br />

n No institutional disclosures/conflicts<br />

Hip vs Lumbosacral<br />

Spine<br />

Eval and Treat<br />

Lumbosacral Pathology<br />

SCREENING FOR HIP JOINT<br />

INVOLVEMENT<br />

Extra vs Intra-Articular<br />

Eval and Treat Extra -<br />

Articular Pathology<br />

FABER Test<br />

Scour Test<br />

Traumatic<br />

Impingement<br />

Hypomobility<br />

Hypermobility<br />

COMMON EXTRA-ARTICULAR<br />

CONDITIONS OF THE HIP REGION<br />

EXTRA-ARTICULAR CONDITIONS<br />

u Strains<br />

u Tendonopathy<br />

u Bursitis<br />

u Painful snapping<br />

hip syndrome<br />

u Athletic Pubalgia<br />

u etc.<br />

n Pain and/or weakness with strength testing<br />

n Tightness and/or weakness with flexibility<br />

testing<br />

n Potential pain with palpation of specific<br />

suspected structures<br />

n …and negative tests for intra-articular<br />

involvement<br />

1


2/2/13 <br />

COXA SULTANS: THE SNAPPING HIP<br />

(Allen & Cope)<br />

Three Forms:<br />

n<br />

External: occurs when the thickened area of the posterior<br />

ITB or leading edge of the anterior gluteus maximus<br />

snaps forward over the greater trochanter with hip flexion<br />

n<br />

Internal: occurs when the musculotendinous portion of<br />

the iliopsoas snaps over deep structures; usually the<br />

femoral head and anterior capsule<br />

n<br />

Intra-articular: is due to lesions within the joint itself<br />

(example: labral tear)<br />

EXTRA-ARTICULAR SNAPPING HIP<br />

n Relative rest/activity modification<br />

n Identify and treat<br />

u Flexibility issues (iliopsoas, ITB)<br />

u Strength asymmetries<br />

n Central stabilization<br />

n Soft tissue mobilization<br />

n Re-screen for intra-articular involvement if<br />

not responsive to treatment<br />

GLUTEAL TENDONOPATHY AND<br />

TROCHANTERIC BURSITIS<br />

n Two tests have show high sensitivity<br />

and specificity:<br />

u 30 second single leg stance test<br />

u Resisted external de-rotation test<br />

(supine)<br />

(Luquesne, Arthritis Rheum 2008)<br />

ADDUCTOR LONGUS STRAIN<br />

n Common in<br />

sports requiring<br />

repetitive,<br />

explosive<br />

movements or<br />

heavy<br />

eccentric<br />

demands<br />

TREATMENT PRINCIPLES<br />

n Strength in all planes of motion<br />

n Central stability<br />

n Perturbation<br />

n Soft tissue mobilization techniques<br />

n Functional considerations<br />

2


2/2/13 <br />

SYMMETRY<br />

TOP OVER BOTTOM ROTATIONAL<br />

STRENGTH<br />

n<br />

n<br />

n<br />

Side-to-Side<br />

u Attempt to minimize the discrepancy between<br />

dominant and non-dominate sides<br />

Group-to-Group<br />

u External vs. internal rotators<br />

u Abdominal vs. lumbar extensors<br />

* Not specifically equal strength, but appropriate<br />

ratio<br />

Strength-to-Flexibility<br />

u Avoid over-emphasizing stretching without an<br />

appropriate strength foundation<br />

u Do not create motion that can not be controlled<br />

REPRODUCE FUNCTIONAL<br />

DEMANDS<br />

n Attempt to<br />

recreate<br />

demands of<br />

activity<br />

u Planes of<br />

movement<br />

u Concentric vs.<br />

eccentric activity<br />

u Speed<br />

progression<br />

MANUAL PERTURBATION<br />

3


2/2/13 <br />

SOFT TISSUE MOBLIZATION<br />

BIOMECHANICAL CONSIDERATIONS<br />

n Recurrent cases my be the result of<br />

biomechanical asymmetries; consider:<br />

u Foot/ankle: over-pronation<br />

u Knee: Poor motor control with loaded activities<br />

REFERENCES<br />

n Allen WC, Cope R. Coxa Saltans: The Snapping Hip Revisited. J<br />

Am Acad Orthop Surg. 1995 Oct;3(5):303-308.<br />

n Lequesne M, Mathieu P, Vuillemin-Bodaghi V, Bard H, Djian P.<br />

Gluteal tendinopathy in refractory greater trochanter pain<br />

syndrome: diagnostic value of two clinical tests. Arthritis<br />

Rheum. 2008 Feb 15;59(2):241-6.<br />

n Martin RL, Sekiya JK. The interrater reliability of 4 clinical tests<br />

used to assess individuals with musculoskeletal hip pain. J<br />

Orthop.<strong>Sports</strong> Phys Ther. 2008;38:71-77.<br />

n Maslowski E, Sullivan W, Forster Harwood J, et al. The<br />

diagnostic validity of hip provocation maneuvers to detect intraarticular<br />

hip pathology. PM & R : The Journal of Injury, Function,<br />

and <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation. 2010;2:174-181.<br />

n SutliveT, Lopez H, Childs J, et al. Development of a clinical<br />

prediction rule for diagnosing hip osteoarthritis in individuals with<br />

unilateral hip pain. Journal Of Orthopaedic& <strong>Sports</strong> Physical<br />

Therapy [serial online]. September 2008;38(9):542-550.<br />

4


Hip arthroscopy in the athlete<br />

Marc J. Philipon, MD<br />

Steadman Philippon Research Institute<br />

I- Introduction<br />

Vail, CO<br />

Epidemiological aspects:<br />

Greater incidence of symptomatic FAI in athletes<br />

Association between labral tears, capsular laxity and rotational<br />

movements<br />

Greater incidence of CAM in males and Pincer in females<br />

Mixed-type FAI is the most common pathology<br />

Tip:<br />

Always look for the cause of the labral tear: associated pathology is the<br />

rule and must be addressed during treatment<br />

Differential diagnosis:<br />

Groin pain is the most common complaint for labral tears,<br />

however it is not patognomonic. <strong>Sports</strong> hernia is an important<br />

differential diagnosis that must be made in advance. Both<br />

conditions may co-exist in athletes (labral tear and sports<br />

hernia)<br />

Labral tear can also present as lateral or posterior hip pain, and<br />

Greater Trochanteric Pain Syndrome, Piriformis syndrome,<br />

irradiated pain and sacroiliac joint pain must be identified.<br />

Mechanical symptoms (popping, clicking and locking) may be<br />

of intra or extra-articular etiology. Physical examination can<br />

usually differentiate between sources.


Indications:<br />

Labral tears<br />

Capsular laxity<br />

Femoroacetabular impingement<br />

Ligamentum teres injuries<br />

Loose bodies<br />

Chondral Injuries<br />

Tip:<br />

More than one procedure is usually necessary during hip arthroscopy. The<br />

most common association is the need to address the labral tear and the<br />

bony impingement, but other combinations are not rare. Address all the<br />

possible causes of pain to optimize the chances of a successful procedure<br />

II- Hip arthroscopy<br />

Setting:<br />

Supine position<br />

Traction table<br />

Padded bolster<br />

Padded boots<br />

Step-by-step positioning<br />

Team:<br />

Scrubbed assistant to hold the leg<br />

Non-scrubbed to move the leg<br />

Systematic preparation ease and fasten the procedure<br />

Anesthesiologist:<br />

o Hypotensive anesthesia<br />

o Complete relaxation<br />

o Minimum post-operative pain<br />

o Allow early mobilization<br />

Instruments:<br />

Flexible radiofrequency<br />

Adequate cannulas (long enough)<br />

Slotted cannula and switcher-sticks<br />

Arthroscopic pump (set initially at 50mmHg)


Portals:<br />

Epinephrine in fluid bags<br />

Curved shavers<br />

Burrs<br />

Referred to patient landmarks<br />

Antero-lateral (AL) portal: 1cm proximal and 1cm anterior to<br />

the tip of the greater trochanter.<br />

Mid-anterior (MA): about 7 cm distal and medial to the anterolateral<br />

portal in a line subtending 45-60º to the long axis of the<br />

femur.<br />

AL is performed first with aid of fluoroscopy<br />

Tricks:<br />

1- Be sure that adequate traction and join space are available<br />

2- Use spinal needle and nitinol wire before using a canula<br />

3- Tactile sensation of the capsule and its perforation are a good method<br />

to confirm adequate positioning<br />

4- Aim closer to the head to avoid labrum penetration<br />

5- Confirm the location of the needle by injecting saline and observing<br />

rebound of fluid under pressure<br />

6- Avoid scratching the head by being gentle with instrument insertion.<br />

Rotatory movements usually allow easier penetration with less trauma.<br />

MA portal performed under direct visualization of the<br />

anterior triangle (capsule, labrum and head)<br />

Tricks:<br />

1-Rotate the limb internally to “open” the anterior triangle<br />

2- Aim at the apex of the triangle: coming to close to your camera may<br />

difficult triangulation before the capsulotomy<br />

Capsulotomy:<br />

Keep it parallel to the labrum about 1 cm distant from the free<br />

edge of the labrum<br />

A sleeve of capsule allows easier instrumentation in the<br />

capsule-labral space


Keep it small: usually connecting both portal is just enough to<br />

obtain adequate visualization and instrumentation on both<br />

central and peripheral compartments<br />

If extended capsulotomy is needed keep in mind that the<br />

lateral epiphyseal vessels must be inspected laterally and that<br />

further extension medially may compromise the iliofemoral<br />

ligament (IFL)<br />

If the IFL is divided, usually a repair with a strong suture in the<br />

end of the procedure is able to prevent iatrogenic instability.<br />

Central compartment:<br />

Use both portals for inspection<br />

Document your findings<br />

Use curved instruments and flexible RF to reach the fossa,<br />

medial head and inferior acetabulum<br />

Peripheral compartment:<br />

Use camera and instruments as retractors<br />

More flexion gives access to the medial part of this<br />

compartment and less flexion ease the access to the lateral<br />

part.<br />

Don’t remove too much capsule: it will make fluid containment<br />

more difficult<br />

Use the medial and lateral synovial fold as landmarks<br />

Don’t do deep osteoplasties. In most cases few millimeters<br />

depths form larger extensions are enough to avoid<br />

impingement and restore the labral seal.<br />

Deep bone resections create a hook effect that can put<br />

traction on the labrum and disrupt the labral seal.


POSTOPERATIVE REHABILITATION<br />

FOLLOWING HIP ARTHROSCOPY<br />

Keelan R. Enseki, PT,MS,OCS,SCS,ATC,CSCS<br />

University of Pittsburgh<br />

Centers for <strong>Rehab</strong> Services<br />

University of Pittsburgh Center for <strong>Sports</strong> Medicine<br />

Pittsburgh, PA<br />

USA<br />

DISCLOSURES<br />

n No personal disclosures/conflicts<br />

n No institutional disclosures/conflicts<br />

POSTOPERATIVE REHABILITATION<br />

POSTOPERATIVE BRACING<br />

n<br />

n<br />

n<br />

Surgical options available for pathological conditions<br />

of the hip have evolved significantly<br />

<strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation protocols for individuals undergoing<br />

such procedures must evolve as well<br />

Postoperative protocols for hip arthroscopy patients<br />

should be designed based on:<br />

u Healing properties of involved tissues<br />

u Available evidence<br />

u Demands of patient population<br />

u Clinician experience<br />

n<br />

n<br />

Typically limits sagittal<br />

plane ROM from neutral/<br />

slight extension to 80 or<br />

90 degrees of flexion<br />

Time varies<br />

u 10 days to 4 weeks<br />

NIGHT IMMOBILIZER<br />

n Night immobilizer system may be prescribed to<br />

prevent hips from falling into external rotation<br />

while sleeping<br />

n Typically prescribed from one to four weeks<br />

depending on the concern for limiting rotation<br />

n Immobilizer system consists of a cylinder placed<br />

between legs and straps to keep the lower<br />

extremities secure and toes in an upward position<br />

Passive<br />

(Bony, Labrum,<br />

Capsuloligamentous)<br />

Neural<br />

(Proprioceptive)<br />

Active<br />

(Muscular)<br />

<strong>Rehab</strong><br />

Focus<br />

1


IMMEDIATE POSTOPERATIVE<br />

TREATMENT<br />

n Early ROM<br />

n Stationary bike<br />

n Strength Integrity<br />

u Emphasis on maintaining strength of lower<br />

extremity and lumbopelvic musculature<br />

n Aquatic Program<br />

u Typically initiated after suture removal<br />

u Early gait training and AROM<br />

u Early cardiovascular conditioning<br />

EARLY RANGE OF MOTION<br />

n Gentle ROM permitted within the first week<br />

n Excessive flexion and abduction is initially<br />

avoided, to avoid tissue impingement<br />

n Circumduction motion<br />

n Typically allow full PROM after 2 weeks<br />

u Anterior capsular procedure: avoid forced<br />

external rotation and extension for 3-4 weeks<br />

u Posterior capsular procedure: avoid forced<br />

internal rotation and flexion for 3-4 weeks<br />

n Initiate gentle stretching at approximately 3<br />

weeks<br />

FLEXION IN QUADRUPED<br />

WEIGHT BEARING<br />

n 10 –14 days, partial weight bearing for more<br />

basic procedures (labral resection)<br />

n Up to 4 weeks (occasionally longer) for more<br />

involved procedures (osteoplasty,microfracture,<br />

labral repairs in weight bearing region of joint)<br />

n Progression off crutches often guided by<br />

symptoms<br />

STRENGTH<br />

n Tendon release procedures<br />

u Iliopsoas: Defer supine straight leg raise 4<br />

weeks<br />

« Short lever hip flexion to 90 degrees is usually<br />

well tolerated<br />

u ITB: Hold side-lying straight leg raise 2 – 3<br />

weeks<br />

n Open chain activities replaced with weight<br />

bearing activities as weight bearing status<br />

permits<br />

n Guided primarily by symptoms after 4 weeks<br />

EXTERNAL ROTATION STRENGTH<br />

PROGRESSION<br />

2


COMBINATION PROCEDURES<br />

n Combination of combined procedures is not<br />

uncommon<br />

n Commonly will see labral resction/repair<br />

combined with another procedure<br />

u Labral resection/repair & osteoplsty<br />

u Labral resection/repair & capsular modification<br />

COMBINATION PROCEDURES<br />

n <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation protocols usually follow the most<br />

conservative aspect of each procedure<br />

n Labral resection & osteoplasty<br />

u ROM as tolerated at 2 weeks<br />

u PWB until 4 weeks<br />

n Labral resection & capsular modification<br />

(anterior)<br />

u Caution with external rotation & extension until 4<br />

weeks<br />

u Weight bearing progression as tolerated at 2<br />

weeks<br />

LUMBOPELVIC STABILIZATION<br />

n Similar to shoulder and scapular stabilization<br />

principles<br />

n Recurrent hip pain often associated with<br />

lumbopelvic dysfunction<br />

3


FUNCTIONAL PROGRESSION<br />

ENDURANCE TRAINING<br />

n General Considerations<br />

u Patient tolerance to required ROM<br />

u Patient tolerance to weight-bearing activities<br />

u Known integrity of the joint<br />

u Patients previous cardiovascular status<br />

ESTIMATED RETURN TO OCCUPATIONAL<br />

DUTIES<br />

n Varies secondary to:<br />

u Individual patient characteristics<br />

u Nature of surgical procedure<br />

n Low load occupation<br />

u 6 to 12 weeks<br />

n Manual labor<br />

u 8 to 24 weeks<br />

ESTIMATED RETURN TO ATHLETIC<br />

ACTIVITIES<br />

n Varies by:<br />

u Individual athlete characteristics<br />

u Demand of sport<br />

u Nature of procedure<br />

n Return to sport<br />

u 8 weeks minimal for isolated labral resection<br />

u 12 to 24 weeks for capsular procedures<br />

u 12 to 32 weeks for osseous/chondral or involved<br />

combination procedures<br />

*return to sport may occasionally be accelerated in highlevel<br />

athletes, within the boundaries of tissue healing<br />

properties<br />

n<br />

n<br />

n<br />

THE FUTURE DIRECTION…<br />

Basic science and<br />

biomechanical studies<br />

Develop appropriate<br />

outcome scales<br />

u Hip Outcome Scale<br />

(HOS)<br />

u International Hip<br />

Outcome Tool (iHOT-33)<br />

Refine rehabilitation<br />

protocols<br />

u Tissue Healing properties<br />

u Evidence-based<br />

approach<br />

u Clinical experience<br />

n<br />

n<br />

n<br />

REFERENCES<br />

Enseki KR, Martin RL, & Kelly BT. <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation after arthroscopic<br />

decompression for femoroacetabular impingement. Clin <strong>Sports</strong><br />

Med. 2010; 29:247–255.<br />

Enseki KR, Martin RL, Draovitch P, et al. The Hip Joint:<br />

Arthroscopic Procedures and Postoperative <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation. JOSPT.<br />

2006;36(7):516-525.<br />

Kelly BT, Williams RJ, Philippon MJ. Hip arthroscopy: current<br />

indications, treatment options, and management issues. Am J<br />

<strong>Sports</strong> Med. 2003; 31:1020-1040.<br />

4


Session VII<br />

Muscle and<br />

Tendon <strong>Sports</strong><br />

Injuries


Evidence Based Prevention of Muscle and Tendon Injuries in Soccer Players<br />

Per Hölmich, MD DENMARK


<strong>ISAKOS</strong> 2013 <br />

SPORTS REHABILITATION COURSE <br />

<strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation of Groin Pain and Athletic Pubalgia <br />

Mario Bizzini, PT, PhD, FIFA-­‐Medical Assessment Research Centre, Schulthess <br />

Clinic, Zürich, Switzerland (mario.bizzini@f-­‐marc.com) <br />

Groin and hip injuries in football are common, yet often difficult to diagnose and <br />

treat. Whereas the differential diagnoses previously consisted of more than 90% <br />

of tendinopathies and muscle weakness/hernias, the new knowledge of the hip <br />

joint anatomy and impingement symptoms in the young player has necessitated <br />

a shift in diagnostic focus and clinical skills during the last decade (however, to <br />

date, there is little knowledge about the prevalence and incidence of femoro-­acetabular<br />

impingement in football). In general, the correct diagnosis is the <br />

paramount for a targeted treatment of groin/groin area’s problems. <br />

Groin injuries are among the four most common types of injury in football. They <br />

account for 7-­‐11% of all injuries in some Olympic sports, including ice hockey, <br />

football, and athletics. Groin strain injuries have been cited as accounting for <br />

20% of all muscle strain injuries at elite levels of football. Groin injuries may be <br />

acute but often become chronic in nature. <br />

The most common location (>50%) of groin pain reported in athletes in general <br />

is the adductor muscle tendon region. Acute onset pain in this region is <br />

commonly attributable to an adductor longus muscle insertional tendinopathy <br />

but may also be related to the iliopsoas and/or the abdominal muscles. The <br />

differential diagnoses for groin pain in football players are multiple (ref). <br />

Three major areas of anatomy require attention to and knowledge of the groin <br />

and hip area. The adductor group consisting of adductor longus, magnus, brevis <br />

and gracilis and the rectus femoris and pectineus, the pelvis groin group <br />

consisting of tranversus abdominis, obliquus externus and internus and rectus <br />

abdominis, and the anatomic structures of the hip (femur, acetabulum), the <br />

labrum and the surrounding muscles and tendon of the hip all require the <br />

attention of the clinician in a footballer with pain in the groin or the hip. <br />

It can be estimated that about 40% of players experienced an acutely painful <br />

incident during training or competition, and that 60% experienced gradually <br />

developing pain in the groin region, which is typical of an overuse injury. An <br />

acute strain usually involves one or more muscles and happens during forceful <br />

action. In most cases, the lesion lies within the musculo-­‐tendinous junction, but <br />

in some cases the site of the injury is the tendon itself or the entheses where the <br />

tendon inserts into the bone. Adductor muscles are often acutely strained during <br />

an eccentric contraction (e.g. in a forced abduction), when this muscle is at its <br />

weakest and as such more prone to injury. This could be the sudden resistance of <br />

an opponent’s foot in an attempt to reach a ball or a sliding tackle. Another <br />

mechanism is forceful concentric adduction, for instance during a kick for a ball


in the air, or after direct blunt trauma by an opponent. <br />

Previous groin injury is one of the major risk factors for sustaining a new groin <br />

injury. Consequently, rehabilitation needs to be completed prior to the return to <br />

play (i.e. pain-­‐free and functional range of motion completely regained, full <br />

strength on resistance testing, concentric and eccentric muscle-­‐specific function <br />

fully retrained). The treatment needs to be specifically geared to the individual <br />

injury, and must be functional for the demands of the player, i.e. including <br />

football activities. To successfully prevent the recurrence of groin injuries, <br />

treatment aimed at healing the structural damage should be combined with <br />

correction of the initial dysfunction causing the pain. Otherwise there is a risk <br />

that the factors that originally led to the structural damage will again “take over” <br />

and, combined with fatigue due to lack of sport specific rehabilitation, may <br />

eventually lead to groin re-­‐injury. <br />

Recently prevention programs (focusing on: core stabilization/strength, abductor <br />

& adductor muscle strength, specific balance and agility drills) have shown to <br />

significantly reduce (by ca 30%) groin injuries in professional soccer players.<br />

References <br />

Dvorak J, Junge A, Bizzini M, et al (Ed). Football Medicine Manual. FIFA <br />

Publications, 2009, Zürich <br />

Tyler TF, Silvers HJ, Gerhardt MB. Groin Injuries in <strong>Sports</strong> Medicine. <strong>Sports</strong> <br />

Health 2010 <br />

Falvey EC, Franklyn-­‐Miller A, McCrory PR. The groin triangle: a patho-­‐anatomical <br />

approach to the diagnosis of chronic groin pain in athletes. Br J <strong>Sports</strong> Med 2009 <br />

McAuley D, Best T (Ed). Evidence-­‐based <strong>Sports</strong> Medicine. BMJ Books, 2007, <br />

London <br />

Biedert RM et al. Symphisis Syndrome in Athletes. Clin J <strong>Sports</strong> Med 2003 <br />

Nicholas et al. Adductor muscle strains in sports. <strong>Sports</strong> Med 2002 <br />

Hölmich et al. Effectiveness for active treatment in adductor-­‐related groin pain <br />

in athletes. Lancet 1999 <br />

Soligard T et al. Comprehensive warm-­‐up programme to prevent injuries in <br />

young female footballers: cluster randomised controlled trial. BMJ. 2008 Dec <br />

9;337:a2469. doi: 10.1136/bmj.a2469. <br />

Silvers HJ et al. Groin Injury Prevention Program in the Professional Soccer <br />

Athlete. (unpublished)


<strong>ISAKOS</strong> 2013 <br />

SPORTS REHABILITATION COURSE <br />

<strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation of Hamstring, Quadriceps and Gastrocnemius Strains <br />

Mario Bizzini, PT, PhD, FIFA-­‐Medical Assessment Research Centre, Schulthess <br />

Clinic, Zürich, Switzerland (mario.bizzini@f-­‐marc.com) <br />

Thigh muscle injuries occur frequently as contusion injuries in contact sports, <br />

and as strains in sports involving maximal sprints and acceleration. Because <br />

football combines maximal sprints with frequent player-­‐to-­‐player contact, it is <br />

not surprising that up to 30% of all football injuries are thigh muscle injuries. In <br />

fact, results from the elite leagues in England, Iceland and Norway show that <br />

hamstring strains are the most common type of injury in male football, <br />

accounting for between 13% and 17% of all acute injuries. Other studies have <br />

shown that muscle contusion injuries to thigh account for up to 16% of all acute <br />

football injuries at an elite level. <br />

Muscles are injured by two different mechanisms, through direct contact or by <br />

muscle strain. The quadriceps muscles are the muscle group most susceptible to <br />

contusion injuries because they are located ventrally and laterally on the thigh. <br />

The hamstrings are the muscle group at the posterior thigh, and injury to these <br />

muscles typically occurs when they are acutely stretched beyond the limits of <br />

tolerance during maximal sprints. Since, in the vast majority of cases, the <br />

hamstrings are injured through strains and the quadriceps muscles through <br />

contusions. Classification systems exist to classify muscle injuries according to <br />

the amount of tissue damage and bleeding seen. One aspect of particular <br />

importance, at least for the prognosis, is whether the haematoma is <br />

intermuscular or intramuscular. Bleeding is classified as either intramuscular, <br />

where there is no injury to the muscle fascia, or intermuscular, where the blood <br />

escapes from the muscle compartments through a defect in the muscle fascia. In <br />

general, healing time is significantly longer with intramuscular bleeding than it is <br />

with intermuscular bleeding. <br />

A number of candidate risk factors have been proposed for hamstring strains, <br />

the most prominent being the following three internal factors: previous injury, <br />

reduced range of motion (ROM), and poor hamstring strength. <br />

Intramuscular bleeding will gradually subside, but after significant injuries there <br />

will be some bleeding for as long as 48 hours after the injury. The main objective <br />

– whether treating a contusion injury or a muscle strain – is to control <br />

haemorrhage – through rest and compression with a compression bandage. <br />

Massage is contraindicated during this period. If the patient has a major injury, it <br />

may be necessary to wait four or five days before beginning active exercises, but <br />

rehabilitation of minor injuries should begin two or three days after the injury. <br />

The goals of the subsequent rehabilitation phases are, first, to restore pain-­‐free <br />

range of motion and, second, to reach a performance level that allows return to <br />

play through a functional rehabilitation programme. Progression from one stage <br />

to the next is guided by function, not time. Massage may be used at this stage to <br />

improve circulation. The rehabilitation of most minor thigh injuries should begin


with active mobilisation. The player should start with gentle motion exercises of <br />

the relevant joints and should allow the pain to control how long to move. <br />

Pressure should not be applied during the start phase. Use of a cycle ergometer <br />

is a gentle and effective method of increasing mobility. The seat should be <br />

adjusted so that it is high, and the foot should be placed further forward on the <br />

pedal than normal. This position reduces the demand on knee flexion and makes <br />

it easy to pedal when cycling. If mobility is reduced to the extent that the player <br />

cannot pedal, then the player should oscillate gently forth and back as far as <br />

possible on the bicycle. Exercises are of primary importance during the <br />

rehabilitation phase, but other physical therapy may be useful in removing <br />

bleeding residue and avoiding scar tissue formation in the injured area. Massage, <br />

stretching and various types of electrotherapy may be indicated. <br />

The exercise programme should include various stretching exercises, strength <br />

exercises, neuromuscular exercises and functional exercises aimed at a return to <br />

football. The progression of the exercises is individually controlled by pain and <br />

function. In general, numerous repetitions and low loads (up to a total of 100 <br />

repetitions split into four to five series) are emphasised early in the <br />

rehabilitation phase. Then load is gradually increased, and the number of <br />

repetitions decreased. Easy exercises are used during the start-­‐up phase, later <br />

the tempo is gradually increased. Football players with muscle strain injuries <br />

must not run at their maximum pace during training until the injury is <br />

completely healed. It often takes as long as six to eight weeks before the <br />

musculature will tolerate maximum spurts or turns. Light running training in a <br />

relaxed manner may begin as soon as the pain allows. An insulating neoprene <br />

sleeve is useful during the retraining phase to keep the muscles warm. A good <br />

warm-­‐up, including gentle stretching, is critical before more vigorous exercises <br />

are undertaken. Building maximal strength, especially eccentric strength, is key <br />

to avoiding re-­‐injuries. One such exercise, Nordic hamstring lowers (see: The <br />

11+), has been shown to be much more effective than regular hamstring curls in <br />

improving eccentric strength, and has also been shown to reduce the risk of <br />

hamstring strains in footballers. <br />

Healing often takes as long as six to twelve weeks after intramuscular bleeding. <br />

However, an injury with intermuscular bleeding can heal within a couple of <br />

weeks. If the injury is minor, after a week the muscles will regain strength and <br />

the ability to contract. About 50% of the strength is regained within 24 hours. <br />

After seven days, 90% of the strength returns. The player should be able to train <br />

without symptoms at the intensity level of a competition, and be tested <br />

thoroughly before participating in matches or competitions. Returning to <br />

explosive sports such as football too early may however cause a re-­‐injury. <br />

Dvorak J, Junge A (Eds). The F-­‐MARC Football Medicine Manual. 2 nd Edition. <br />

FIFA Publications, Zürich. 2009 <br />

Bahr R et al. The IOC Manual of <strong>Sports</strong> Injuries. IOC publication. Wiley-­‐Blackwell, Chichester <br />

(UK). 2012 <br />

Mueller-­‐Wohlfahrt HW et al. Terminology and classification of muscle injuries in sport: The <br />

Munich consensus statement. Br J <strong>Sports</strong> Med. 2012


<strong>ISAKOS</strong> Congress <strong>Sports</strong> <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation Concurrent <strong>Course</strong><br />

Global perspectives for the Physical Therapist and Athletic Trainer<br />

Treatment options for tendinopathy: What is the evidence.<br />

This lecture will review the reasoning and scientific evidence behind the most common<br />

conservative treatments for tendinopathy such as exercise, deep friction massage, ultrasound,<br />

shock-wave therapy, laser therapy, nitric oxide, injection therapies (for example autologous<br />

blood and platelet-rich plasma) and sclerosing therapy. An emphasis will be placed on the use<br />

of these treatments in sports medicine.


Muscle Healing and Regeneration<br />

Johnny Huard, PhD USA


Session VIII<br />

Foot and Ankle


<strong>ISAKOS</strong> <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation <strong>Course</strong><br />

Orthopedic Management of Ankle Instability<br />

A. Amendola MD<br />

Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery<br />

Kim and John Callaghan Endowed Chair<br />

Director, UI <strong>Sports</strong> Medicine<br />

University of Iowa<br />

A. Most Common Foot and Ankle Injuries in Athletes<br />

1. Ankle Sprains<br />

i. Lateral Ankle ligament injury<br />

ii. Syndesmosis /High ankle sprains<br />

iii. Deltoid injuries<br />

2. Osteochondral Lesions of the Talus<br />

i. Medial<br />

ii. Lateral<br />

3. Ankle impingement<br />

4. FHL tenosynovitis/OS trigonum<br />

5. Midfoot sprains<br />

6. Stress Fractures<br />

i. Navicular<br />

ii. Base of 5 th MT<br />

iii. Sesamoid fractures<br />

7. Plantar plate ruptures<br />

i. 1 st MTP ( turf toe)<br />

ii. 2 nd MTP<br />

8. Tendon Disorders<br />

i. Peroneal tendon tears / instability<br />

ii. Achilles tendinopathy/ ruptures<br />

9. Periarticular fractures<br />

i. Lateral process of the talus<br />

ii. Anterior process of the calcaneus<br />

iii. Medial and lateral malleoli avulsions<br />

10. Subtalar joint sprain/instability<br />

B. Acute inversion Ankle Sprain<br />

i. Probably the most common soccer / sports injury ; ~ 25% -35 %of all MS<br />

injuries<br />

ii. Vast literature on the topic, many reviews available , but still many areas<br />

controversial: diagnosis; treatment; operative vs non operative; return to<br />

play considerations<br />

iii. Still a high incidence of residual pain/dysfunction likely secondary to<br />

associated injuries


iv. Therefore treatment needs to be individualized depending on severity,<br />

associated injuries<br />

1. Common associated or missed diagnosis:<br />

i. Bone<br />

1. anterior process fracture calcaneus<br />

2. lateral/posterior talar process fracture<br />

3. malleolar fractures<br />

4. base of 5 MT<br />

5. subtalar joint injury<br />

6. os peroneum syndrome<br />

ii. Cartilage<br />

1. osteochondral lesions tibia/talus<br />

iii. Soft Tissue<br />

1. syndesmosis injury<br />

2. subtalar joint/sinus tarsi<br />

3. peroneal tendinopathy/instability<br />

iv. Neural<br />

1. neuropraxia<br />

a. superficial peroneal nerve<br />

b. sural nerve<br />

v. Other causes/issues to consider<br />

1. chronic causes of ankle/hindfoot pain following sprains<br />

a. tibiotalar bony impingement<br />

b. anterolateral soft tissue impingement<br />

c. tarsal coalition<br />

d. alignment / pes cavus<br />

2. Management of the isolated acute ankle sprain<br />

i. Diagnosis<br />

1. Clinical exam still the best<br />

2. Xrays/MRI to asses for suspected associated injury<br />

ii. Treatment<br />

1. Early functional non operative treatment<br />

a. Reduce swelling, pain, obtain full ROM<br />

b. Functional strengthening<br />

c. Progression to ground based participation / functional drills<br />

with bracing /taping<br />

d. Return to play as tolerated with bracing /taping<br />

iii. Surgery<br />

a. At present, no indication for isolated, mild or severe sprains<br />

b. Consider with associated displaced osteochondral talar<br />

fracture


3. Chronic Ankle Instability<br />

I. Functional instability ankle<br />

II. Mechanical Instability<br />

III. Subtalar Instability<br />

a) Instability with Osteochondral Lesions of Talus<br />

• lateral subluxation with rotation of the talus about the deltoid ligament axis<br />

(with inversion sprain)<br />

• this mechanism may cause medial or lateral osteochondral lesions of the talus<br />

with convex talus abutting against the anterior edge of the tibia<br />

Lippert, Sportverletz <strong>Sports</strong>chaden, 1989<br />

962 patients - 7% (osteochondral lesion)<br />

Bosien, JBJS, 1955<br />

133 patients - 6.7% (osteochondral lesion)<br />

b) Acute Ankle Arthroscopy Following Inversion Sprain<br />

van Dijk, PhD Thesis Amsterdam, 1994<br />

30 patients - 66% incidence of medial talar chondral lesion<br />

B) CHRONIC INSTABILITY<br />

* If pain is present between giving way episodes or is the cause of giving way, you must rule out<br />

all other causes of functional instability.<br />

* If pain is a result of the sprain and is not present between sprains or prior to the inversion<br />

sprain, this may be true mechanical instability.<br />

1. Assessment<br />

a) history<br />

b) physical exam: anterior drawer test<br />

c) x-ray<br />

d) value of stress x-rays: talar tilt?: anterior drawer most valuable with anterior<br />

subluxation >/= 10 mm<br />

e) CT/MRI - specific indications cartilage/ bone anatomy<br />

• CT/MRI:<br />

− osteochondral lesions of the talus<br />

− arthrosis<br />

− tarsal coalition<br />

− associated bony injuries<br />

C) FUNCTIONAL INSTABILITY<br />

Definition:<br />

Freeman, JBJS Br, 1965


subjective feeling of giving way during physical activity<br />

Tropp et al, Med Sci <strong>Sports</strong> Exerc, 1984<br />

mobility beyond voluntary control, but the physiologic range is not exceeded<br />

Causes:<br />

• peroneal (muscular) weakness<br />

• proprioceptive deficit<br />

• subtalar instability<br />

• other associated conditions (above) simulating “giving way”<br />

D) MECHANICAL INSTABILITY<br />

Definition: ankle mobility beyond the physiologic range of motion, demonstrated by abnormal<br />

laxity.*<br />

*Criteria: these are controversial<br />

• stress x-rays may be useful but controversial<br />

• in general anterior drawer test demonstrates > 10 mm translation of talus vs.<br />

tibia and > 3 mm side to side difference accepted as abnormal (Karlsson)<br />

• talar tilt stress test not as useful in predicting chronic instability<br />

Authors Approach: history and physical exam are most useful investigations, does not utilize<br />

stress x-rays routinely for diagnosis<br />

E) SUBTALAR INSTABILITY<br />

Definition: not a clearly defined entity but estimated in 10% of ankle instability.<br />

Diagnosis: based on history and examination consistent with subtalar joint irritation, joint line<br />

tenderness and possibly positive subtalar stress view.<br />

Imaging:<br />

• talar tilt/subtalar stress view<br />

• MRI/CT<br />

F) OTHER CAUSES OF INSTABILITY (MALALIGNMENT)<br />

Note: if foot or ankle malalignment is present, should be corrected or else soft tissue<br />

reconstruction will fail.<br />

ie.<br />

1. valgus forefoot with dropped 1 st ray needs a 1 st , possible 2 nd MT dorsiflexion osteotomy<br />

• often in cavovarus feet, ie. CMT, but can be idiopathic


2. hindfoot varus may need calcaneal / forefoot osteotomy<br />

G) TREATMENT<br />

1. Acute Sprains<br />

a) functional nonoperative treatment<br />

b) prophylactic bracing<br />

c) muscle strenghthening<br />

d) proprioceptive program<br />

2. Chronic<br />

Conservative Management<br />

a) correct diagnosis<br />

b) proper rehabilitation<br />

• muscular strengthening (invertors & evertors)<br />

• proprioceptive/balance program<br />

• taping, bracing<br />

− prophylactic<br />

− chronic bracing<br />

3. Surgical Indications<br />

a) symptomatic mechanical instability AND<br />

b) failure of appropriate conservative treatment<br />

Goal of surgery - to prevent recurrent giving way episodes<br />

Some evidence that instability predisposes to arthrosis<br />

H) SURGICAL OPTIONS:<br />

• Anatomic<br />

− Brostrum (and modifications)<br />

− Free graft (ie. Colville, Engebretsen, Coughlin)<br />

(i) autograft<br />

(ii) allograft<br />

• Non-anatomic<br />

− Evans<br />

− Watson-Jones<br />

− Chrisman-Snook<br />

− Others<br />

2. Authors Approach:<br />

a) Chronic Ankle Instability:<br />

Anatomic Repair<br />

• Brostrum repair<br />

• direct repair to bone


• Gould (extensor retinaculum)<br />

• +/- Arthroscopy at time of repair<br />

b) Problem: Subtle instability:<br />

stability: ATFL, CFL intact but very subtle laxity?<br />

• Brostrum<br />

• inferior extensor retinaculum (Gould advancement)<br />

c) Problem: Peroneal tendon symptoms and instability:<br />

Approach:<br />

• modify incision to expose peroneals<br />

• repair peroneal tendon/retinaculum<br />

• modified Brostrum type repair<br />

d) Problem: Recurrent instability post repair or reconstruction:<br />

Approach<br />

• failed tenodesis ie. Evans<br />

− release tenodesis<br />

− Brostrum repair (modified)<br />

• failed Brostrum<br />

− anatomic repair ie. Colville<br />

− free graft<br />

• tenodesis is “too tight”: reduced subtalar motion/pain<br />

− release tenodesis (extra capsular)<br />

e) Chronic Ankle Instability: Revision with free graft<br />

Authors Approach:<br />

if failed Brostrum (ie. revision): allograft in “anatomic” repair<br />

• revision: Achilles allograft: 7mm, interference screw fixation<br />

• comprehensive reconstruction using a free gracilis graft<br />

f) Indications for Arthroscopy in Chronic Ankle Instability<br />

Ankle lesions at time of ligament stabilization:<br />

• osteochondral injuries<br />

• impingement lesions<br />

• synovitis<br />

Literature review:<br />

Komenda, Ferkel, Foot&Ankle, 1999<br />

Hintermann, Boss, Schafer, AJSM 2002<br />

Kibler, Clin <strong>Sports</strong> Med, 1996<br />

Taga, Shino, Inoue, Nakata, Maeda, AJSM, 1993<br />

Hintermann et al., AJSM 2002


148 patients with chronic ankle instability (greater than 6 months)<br />

• pre op: talus lesions in 4%,<br />

• at arthroscopy: 50% had cartilage lesions of the talus.<br />

• tibial pilon (8%), medial malleolus (11%), and lateral malleolus (2.5%)<br />

Authors Approach:<br />

if any evidence of intraarticular pathology or pain:<br />

• arthroscopy first to treat intra-articular pathology<br />

• ligament reconstruction : concerns : swelling<br />

I. Syndesmosis Sprains (Normal mortise relationship)<br />

1. Diagnosis<br />

i. Clinical Exam still the best<br />

ii. Investigations:<br />

1. X-ray<br />

a. Normal mortise relationship, if not, RX is easy decision<br />

b. May see post tibial avulsion ( early) or calcification ( late) ;<br />

c. syndesmotic calcification late<br />

2. MRI – non specific acutely but can identify deltoid and may be related<br />

to severity of the injury<br />

3. CT SCAN<br />

a. Avulsion # anterior / post tib-fib joint<br />

b. Bone scan ( chronic )Increased uptake in syndesmotic area<br />

2. Treatment :<br />

i. Acute Diagnosis:<br />

1. Wide mortise on x-ray or stress x-ray → ORIF<br />

2. Normal x-ray relationships Operative vs. non-operative<br />

a. Non-op:<br />

i. ?longer time to recovery<br />

ii. ↑ incidence residual dysfunction<br />

iii. chronic (micro) instability<br />

iv. calcification interposers space<br />

b. Author’s preferred Rx: Operative<br />

i. Arthroscopy to confirm diagnosis<br />

ii. Anterolateral debridement<br />

iii. Syndesmotic fixation / tightrope (vs screws)<br />

iv. Early ROM, strengthening and gradual progression as if<br />

non- op treatment<br />

v. WBAT / strengthening, return to sport as tolerated<br />

3. Controversies<br />

a. Indications for fixation


. Type of fixation<br />

c. Return to play<br />

d. complications of surgery<br />

• hardware complications ( screw breakage)<br />

• heterotopic ossification<br />

• syndesmotic pain<br />

I) Deltoid Ligament Injuries<br />

a) More commonly recognized<br />

b) Usually associated with other injuries , ie syndesmosis<br />

c) Usually stable grade 1-2 injuries , conservative treatment with early mobilization<br />

d) Need to carefully assess with pes planus and spring ligament injuries<br />

e)<br />

J) SUMMARY:<br />

1. Giving way episodes of the ankle does not always equal mechanical instability, therefore<br />

a detailed history and examination is most important in diagnosis.<br />

2. Dysfunction following ankle sprains is common, most often due to a missed or<br />

associated injury.<br />

3. <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation to correct muscular and proprioceptive deficits is essential in chronic<br />

ankle instability prior to contemplating surgery.<br />

J) REFERENCES<br />

1. Bahr R, Pena F, Shine J, Lew WD, Tyrdal S, Engebretsen L. Biomechanics of ankle ligament<br />

reconstruction. An in vitro comparison of the Brostrom repair, Watson-Jones reconstruction,<br />

and a new anatomic reconstruction technique. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med. 1997 Jul-Aug;25(4):424-32.<br />

2. Baumhauer JF, Alosa DM, Renstrom AF, Trevino S, Beynnon B. A prospective study of ankle<br />

injury risk factors. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med. 1995 Sep-Oct;23(5):564-70.<br />

3. Bosien WR, Staples OS, Russell SW. Residual disability following acute ankle sprains. J Bone<br />

Joint Surg Am. 1955 Dec;37-A(6):1237-43.<br />

4. Boytim MJ, Fischer DA, Neumann L. Syndesmotic ankle sprains. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med. 1991 May-<br />

Jun;19(3):294-8.<br />

5. Brostrom L. Sprained ankles. 1. Anatomic lesions in recent sprains. Acta Chir Scand.<br />

1964;128:483-95.<br />

6. Brostrom L. Sprained ankles. 3. Clinical observations in recent ligament ruptures. Acta Chir<br />

Scand. 1965 Dec;130(6):560-9.<br />

7. Colville MR, Grondel RJ. Anatomic reconstruction of the lateral ankle ligaments using a split<br />

peroneus brevis tendon graft. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med. 1995 Mar-Apr;23(2):210-3.<br />

8. Colville MR, Marder RA, Zarins B. Reconstruction of the lateral ankle ligaments. A<br />

biomechanical analysis. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med. 1992 Sep-Oct;20(5):594-600.<br />

9. Coughlin MJ, Schenck RC Jr, Grebing BR, Treme G. Comprehensive reconstruction of the<br />

lateral ankle for chronic instability using a free gracilis graft. Foot Ankle Int. 2004<br />

Apr;25(4):231-41.<br />

10. Freeman MA, Dean MR, Hanham IW. The etiology and prevention of functional instability of


the foot. J Bone Joint Surg Br. 1965 Nov;47(4):678-85.<br />

11. Frost SC, Amendola A. Is stress radiography necessary in the diagnosis of acute or chronic<br />

ankle instability? Clin J Sport Med. 1999 Jan;9(1):40-5.<br />

12. Gerber JP, Williams GN, Scoville CR, Arciero RA, Taylor DC. Persistent disability associated<br />

with ankle sprains: a prospective examination of an athletic population. Foot Ankle Int. 1998<br />

Oct;19(10):653-60.<br />

13. Hennrikus WL, Mapes RC, Lyons PM, Lapoint JM. Outcomes of the Chrisman-Snook and<br />

modified-Brostrom procedures for chronic lateral ankle instability. A prospective, randomized<br />

comparison. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med. 1996 Jul-Aug;24(4):400-4.<br />

14. Hintermann B, Boss A, Schafer D. Arthroscopic findings in patients with chronic ankle<br />

instability. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med. 2002 May-Jun;30(3):402-9.<br />

15. Karlsson J, Bergsten T, Lansinger O, Peterson L. Surgical treatment of chronic lateral instability<br />

of the ankle joint. A new procedure. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med. 1989 Mar-Apr;17(2):268-73; discussion<br />

273-4.<br />

16. Karlsson J, Bergsten T, Peterson L, Zachrisson BE. Radiographic evaluation of ankle joint<br />

stability. Clin J Sport Med. 1991;1(1):166-175.<br />

17. Karlsson J, Eriksson BI, Bergsten T, Rudholm O, Sward L. Comparison of two anatomic<br />

reconstructions for chronic lateral instability of the ankle joint. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med. 1997 Jan-<br />

Feb;25(1):48-53.<br />

18. Kerkhoffs GM, Rowe BH, Assendelft WJ, Kelly KD, Struijs PA, van Dijk CN. Immobilisation for<br />

acute ankle sprain. A systematic review. Arch Orthop Trauma Surg. 2001 Sep;121(8):462-71.<br />

19. Kibler WB. Arthroscopic findings in ankle ligament reconstruction. Clin <strong>Sports</strong> Med. 1996<br />

Oct;15(4):799-804.<br />

20. Komenda GA, Ferkel RD. Arthroscopic findings associated with the unstable ankle. Foot Ankle<br />

Int. 1999 Nov;20(11):708-13.<br />

21. Krips R, Brandsson S, Swensson C, van Dijk CN, Karlsson J. Anatomical reconstruction and<br />

Evans tenodesis of the lateral ligaments of the ankle. Clinical and radiological findings after<br />

follow-up for 15 to 30 years. J Bone Joint Surg Br. 2002 Mar;84(2):232-6.<br />

22. Krips R, van Dijk CN, Lehtonen H, Halasi T, Moyen B, Karlsson J. <strong>Sports</strong> activity level after<br />

surgical treatment for chronic anterolateral ankle instability. A multicenter study. Am J <strong>Sports</strong><br />

Med. 2002 Jan-Feb;30(1):13-9.<br />

23. Labovitz JM, Schweitzer ME. Occult osseous injuries after ankle sprains: incidence, location,<br />

pattern, and age. Foot Ankle Int. 1998 Oct;19(10):661-7.<br />

24. Nussbaum ED, Hosea TM, Sieler SD, Incremona BR, Kessler DE. Prospective evaluation of<br />

syndesmotic ankle sprains without diastasis. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med. 2001 Jan-Feb;29(1):31-5.<br />

25. Pijnenburg AC, Bogaard K, Krips R, Marti RK, Bossuyt PM, van Dijk CN. Operative and<br />

functional treatment of rupture of the lateral ligament of the ankle. A randomised,<br />

prospective trial. J Bone Joint Surg Br. 2003 May;85(4):525-30.<br />

26. Pijnenburg AC, Van Dijk CN, Bossuyt PM, Marti RK. Treatment of ruptures of the lateral ankle<br />

ligaments: a meta-analysis. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2000 Jun;82(6):761-73.<br />

27. Schafer D, Hintermann B. Arthroscopic assessment of the chronic unstable ankle joint. Knee<br />

Surg <strong>Sports</strong> Traumatol Arthrosc. 1996;4(1):48-52.<br />

28. Taga I, Shino K, Inoue M, Nakata K, Maeda A. Articular cartilage lesions in ankles with lateral<br />

ligament injury. An arthroscopic study. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med. 1993 Jan-Feb;21(1):120-6;


discussion 126-7.<br />

29. Tropp H, Ekstrand J, Gillquist J. Stabilometry in functional instability of the ankle and its value<br />

in predicting injury. Med Sci <strong>Sports</strong> Exerc. 1984;16(1):64-6.<br />

30. Barg A, Tochigi Y, Amendola A, Phisitkul P, Hintermann B, Saltzman CL.Subtalar instability:<br />

diagnosis and treatment.Foot Ankle Int. 2012 Feb;33(2):151-60<br />

31. Bonasia DE, Rossi R, Saltzman CL, Amendola A. The role of arthroscopy in the management of<br />

fractures about the ankle J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2011 Apr;19(4):226-35.<br />

32. Williams GN, Jones MH, Amendola A.Syndesmotic ankle sprains in athletes.Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med.<br />

2007 Jul;35(7):1197-207. Epub 2007 May 22. Review.<br />

33. McCollum GA,van den Bekerom M;Kerkoffs G,Calder J ; van Dijk N: Syndesmosis and deltoid<br />

ligament injuries in the Athlete ; KISSTA April 2012<br />

34. Devries JS; Krips R, et al : Interventions for treating Chronic Ankle Instability : Cochrane<br />

Database ; Issue 8 , 2011<br />

35. Van den Bekerom; Kerkoffs G; et al: Management of Acute Lateral Ankle Injury in the Athlete:<br />

KSSTA , April 2012


Non‐Operative Management of Ankle Sprains<br />

Gary Calabrese, PT USA


<strong>ISAKOS</strong> Congress <strong>Sports</strong> <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation Concurrent <strong>Course</strong><br />

Global perspectives for the Physical Therapist and Athletic Trainer<br />

Achilles tendinopathy<br />

For athletes with Achilles tendinopathy the consensus is that the initial treatment should be an<br />

exercise program. It should consist of strengthening exercises, including an eccentric<br />

component, for the Achilles tendon and calf musculature. The rehabilitation process is,<br />

however, time consuming and often frustrating for the athlete, athletic trainer, physical<br />

therapist, coach and doctor. Moreover many questions arise such as regarding how much pain<br />

is allowed, can the athlete continue to run and how should the return to sport phase be<br />

designed? This presentation will review the scientific evidence and give recommendations for<br />

how this is applied to the clinical practice.


<strong>ISAKOS</strong> Congress <strong>Sports</strong> <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation Concurrent <strong>Course</strong><br />

Global perspectives for the Physical Therapist and Athletic Trainer<br />

<strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation after Achilles tendon repair<br />

An Achilles tendon rupture mostly occurs without any preceding warning sign. The recovery<br />

following an Achilles tendon rupture takes up to a year or longer and many athletes are not<br />

able to return to their pre-injury level. Complications such as rerupture, calf muscle weakness,<br />

tendon elongation and gait abnormalities are reported after this injury. How should then the<br />

rehabilitation program be designed to achieve optimal functional outcome while minimizing<br />

the occurrence of complications? This lecture will review the scientific evidence and give<br />

recommendations for how this is applied in the clinical situation.


Session IX<br />

Elbow


Elbow Anatomy<br />

Gregory Bain, MB BS, FRACS, PhD AUSTRALIA


ELBOW ARTHROSCOPY<br />

BENNO EJNISMAN, MD – FEDERAL UNIVERSITY OF SÃO PAULO<br />

Arthroscopic surgery of the elbow is challenging because of the joint's<br />

anatomy. Elbow arthroscopy is a minimally invasive technique used by<br />

orthopaedic surgeons to diagnose and treat a range of conditions affecting<br />

the joint. The bones lie close together, and nerves and blood vessels are<br />

located very close to the joint. Although it is a difficult procedure,<br />

arthroscopic surgery is often the ideal choice for treating certain elbow<br />

conditions.<br />

Burman first discussed elbow arthroscopy in 1931, but he stated that the<br />

elbow is “.. Unsuitable for examination since the joint space is so narrow for<br />

the relatively large needle”.<br />

In contrast to traditional surgery, using large incisions to open the joint,<br />

there is no injury to surrounding soft tissues with arthroscopy. Moreover,<br />

the technique allows the surgeon to view the elbow joint from multiple<br />

angles, allowing for a more thorough evaluation.<br />

• Anatomy<br />

• Indications<br />

o removal of osteophytes due to impingement or osteoarthritis )<br />

o synovectomy in patients with inflammatory arthritis ) ,<br />

o removal of adhesions and capsular release in patients with<br />

contractures,<br />

o resection of symptomatic plicae ) ,


o removal of loose bodies,<br />

o evaluation of patients with chronic elbow pain.<br />

o osteochondritis dissecans,<br />

o septic arthritis ) ,<br />

o Epicondylitis<br />

o elbow fractures<br />

• Equipment<br />

• Portal placement:<br />

o Medial<br />

o Lateral<br />

o Posterolateral<br />

o Posterior<br />

• Complications<br />

• Postoperative Management<br />

REFERENCES<br />

• ADOLFSSON L. Arthroscopy of the elbow joint: a cadaveric study of<br />

portal placement. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 3: 53-61, 1994.<br />

• ANDREWS JR, CARSON WG. Arthroscopy of the elbow.<br />

Arthroscopy. 1: 97-107, 1985


• Baker CL, Cummings PD: Arthroscopic management of<br />

miscellaneous elbow disorders. Oper Tech <strong>Sports</strong> Med 6: 16–21,<br />

1998<br />

• Baker CL Jr, Shalvoy RM: The prone position for elbow arthroscopy.<br />

Clin <strong>Sports</strong> Med 10: 623–628, 1991<br />

• Baker, C, Champ L. Baker III. Long-term Follow-up of Arthroscopic<br />

Treatment of Lateral. AJSM, February 2008; vol. 36, 2: pp. 254-260<br />

• Bernas, GA, Ruberte, RA et AL Biomechanical Study Defining Safe<br />

<strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation for Ulnar Collateral Ligament Reconstruction of the<br />

Elbow : A Biomechanical Study. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med 2009 37: 2392,<br />

2009<br />

• Burman MS: Arthroscopy of the elbow joint. A cadaver study. J Bone<br />

Joint Surg 14: 349–350, 1932<br />

• Burman MS: Arthroscopy or the direct visualization of joints: An<br />

experimental cadaveric study. J Bone Joint Surg 13: 669–695, 1931<br />

• Champ L. Baker, Jr and Grant L. Jones Arthroscopy of the Elbow Am<br />

J <strong>Sports</strong> Med 1999 27: 251<br />

• Cohen, SC et al . Return to <strong>Sports</strong> for Professional Baseball Players<br />

After Surgery of the Shoulder or Elbow. <strong>Sports</strong> Health: A<br />

Multidisciplinary Approach 2011 3: 105, 2010<br />

• O'DRISCOLL S. "Elbow arthroscopy: loose bodies." The Elbow and<br />

its Disorders. Morrey B ed. 2000 W.B. Saunders Company.<br />

Philadelphia: 510-514<br />

• Poehling GG, Whipple TL, Sisco L, et al: Elbow arthroscopy: A<br />

newtechnique. Arthroscopy 5: 222–224, 1989<br />

• SCHNEIDER T, HOFFSTETTER I, FINK B, JEROSCH J. Long-term<br />

results of elbow arthroscopy in 67 patients. Acta Orthop Belg. 60:<br />

378-383, 1994


Elbow Instability<br />

James Andrews, MD USA


Medial and Lateral Epicondilitis of the Elbow<br />

Eduardo Benegas, MD BRAZIL


9 th Biennial <strong>ISAKOS</strong> Congress<br />

May 14, 2013: 9:30-9:45am<br />

Toronto, Ontario, Canada<br />

<strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation Following UCL Reconstruction in Throwers<br />

Kevin E. Wilk, DPT<br />

Associate Clinical Director<br />

Champion <strong>Sports</strong> Medicine<br />

Birmingham, AL<br />

I. INTRODUCTION:<br />

A. Elbow Injuries in Overhead <strong>Sports</strong><br />

1. Appear to be increasing<br />

Second most common injury in professional baseball (22%)<br />

Conte et al: AJSM ‘01<br />

2. Repetitive forces – overhead throwing (baseball, javelin)<br />

3. Increasing injury rates due to numerous factors:<br />

a. bigger stronger athletes<br />

b. tremendous forces generated<br />

c. specific pitches may increase forces<br />

d. split-finger, & slider<br />

4. Better recognition of injuries<br />

a. improved clinical exam skills<br />

b. MRI<br />

B. Principles of Elbow <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation<br />

1. Must be specific to imposed demands of sports<br />

a. Overhead thrower -<br />

b. Tennis players -<br />

c. Weight lifting –<br />

d. Collision sports (football) -<br />

Demands of each are different<br />

<strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation must be specific to patient’s demands<br />

C. The Overhead Thrower’s Elbow Joint<br />

1. Tremendous forces during the acceleration and deceleration<br />

phases of the pitch


a. Max. elbow extension velocity ≈ 2300 0/sec<br />

b. Acceleration phase: valgus stress 60 NM<br />

c. Humeroulnar compression of 800 N<br />

d. High level of muscular activity<br />

Werner, Fleisig, Andrews: JOSPT ‘93<br />

2. Range of motion during the throw<br />

a. Extension 19 + 4 o to flexion 99 + 11<br />

Flexion contracture commonly seen<br />

Fleisig et al: JOSPT ‘93<br />

II.<br />

PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE THROWER’S ELBOW:<br />

A. Range of Motion<br />

1. Normal elbow/forearm ROM<br />

a. Ext/flexion: 0-145 degrees<br />

b. Supination 90 degrees, pronation 85 degrees<br />

Morrey & Askew: JBJS ’81<br />

2. Thrower’s ROM<br />

a. Extension: 12 ± 7 o<br />

Flexion: 147 + 4 o<br />

Pronation: 98 o , Supination: 93 o<br />

Wilk, Reed, Reinold: Unpub ’05<br />

Loss of Extension “Flexion Contracture” Most Common<br />

Motion Adaptation in Throwers<br />

b. Thrower’s elbow less elbow extension (7 deg) & flexion (5<br />

deg) compared to non-throwing elbow<br />

Total ROM difference 13 degrees<br />

Wright, O’Neal, Paletta: AJSM ‘05<br />

c. Loss of motion post-throwing – elbow extension loss 5<br />

degrees<br />

Reinold, Wilk, Crenshaw, Porterfield: AJSM ‘08<br />

d. Functional ROM<br />

Necessary motion to perform tasks!<br />

3. Muscular strength


a. Overhead throwers:<br />

1) Flex peak torque/BW ratios: 18-23%<br />

2) Extension peak torque/BW ratio: 22-28%<br />

3) Flex/ext ratio: 73-80% (75%)<br />

Wilk et al: Elb Injuries ’91<br />

b. General population<br />

1) Bilateral differences 5-8%<br />

60 o /s 180 o /s<br />

Flex PT/BW 29% 17%<br />

Ext PT/BW 23% 17%<br />

Flex/Ext Ratios 128% 99%<br />

Schexneider,Davies: Isokin Ex Sci ’91<br />

4. Dynamic stabilization of the elbow<br />

a. Flexor carpi ulnaris overlying the UCL flexor digitorum<br />

superficialis contributes somewhat<br />

Davidson et al: AJSM ’95<br />

b. Stabilization during throwing<br />

1) During throwing FCU high levels of EMG data (112%<br />

MVIC)<br />

2) FDS (80% MVIC) acceleration<br />

DiGiovine et al: JSES ’92<br />

c. EMG analysis in pitchers with UCL insufficiency<br />

FCU significant less EMG activity<br />

FCR significant greater 1 cm EMG<br />

Extensor group tended to exhibit slightly greater EMG<br />

activity<br />

Hamilton et al: JSES ’96<br />

d. EMG studies indicate minimal stabilizing capability –<br />

anatomical overly<br />

Funk et al: J Orthop Res ’87<br />

5. Proprioception<br />

a. Elbow proprioception testing<br />

Khabie et al: JSES ’98<br />

1) 20 uninjured male subjects (Biodex System)


6. Elbow laxity<br />

2) Joint reposition sense and detection of motion<br />

3) No difference b/t dominant and nondominant arms<br />

4) Reposition sense within 3.3 o + 1.3 o of actual<br />

5) Significant improvement in proprioception after<br />

application of elastic bandage<br />

1) Valgus laxity in throwers<br />

2) Baseball players more medial laxity compared to<br />

other overhead athletes<br />

3) Not significantly greater than non-throwing side<br />

4) Displacement values approx. 0.5 mm<br />

Singh et al:AJSM ‘01<br />

III.<br />

ELBOW INJURIES IN OVERHEAD THROWERS:<br />

A. Valgus Extension Overload (VEO) Syndrome<br />

1. Pathomechanics<br />

a. Medial traction<br />

b. Lateral compression<br />

c. Posteromedial osteophyte<br />

Wilson, Andrews, Blackburn: AJSM ’83<br />

2. Clinical examination<br />

a. Pain posteromedial<br />

b. Pain early acceleration<br />

c. Carefully assess laxity<br />

d. Plain radiographs<br />

3. Operative procedure<br />

a. Excision of posteromedial osteophyte<br />

Azar, Andrews: Op Tech <strong>Sports</strong> Med ‘96


4. Postoperative rehabilitation<br />

Wilk, et al: Op tech Spts Med ’96<br />

a. Immediate motion to tolerance (swelling)<br />

b. Emphasis on passive elbow extension (gradually)<br />

c. Stretch & restore normal shoulder ROM for thrower<br />

d. Full ROM in 2-3 weeks<br />

e. Gradual strengthening program<br />

f. Caution with triceps extension, bench press, etc early<br />

g. Throwers ten program week 4<br />

h. Emphasize medial elbow dynamic stabilization<br />

Strengthening & NM drills for Flexor/Pronator muscles<br />

i. Begin Plyometrics week 4-6<br />

j. Initiate throwing week 6-8<br />

k. Gradual return to competition<br />

B. UCL Injuries in Throwers (Overhead Athletes)<br />

Reconstruction of the UCL<br />

1. <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation must be based on surgerical technique<br />

Osseous Tunnel ------------------------------- Docking Procedure<br />

Andrews: Op Tech Spts Med ’96 Altchek: AJSM ‘02<br />

2. Modification of Jobe procedure<br />

Jobe: JBJS ’86<br />

Andrews: Op Tech Spts Med ’96<br />

3. Surgical procedure<br />

a. Graft source<br />

1) Palmoris longus graft (contralateral/ipsilateral)<br />

2) Gracilis graft (contralateral side)<br />

4. <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation guidelines<br />

Wilk, Reinold, Andrews: Clin Spts ‘04<br />

Wilk, Reinold, Andrews: Spts Med Arthroscopy ‘03<br />

5. Recent Adaptations to Our <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation Program


a..<br />

Earlier restoration of motion<br />

• *With strict compliance, earlier restoration of full ROM<br />

• Previous protocol: 8 weeks full ROM & discontinue brace<br />

• Recent protocol: full ROM 6 weeks and discontinue brace<br />

5-6 weeks<br />

external<br />

b. Emphasis on wrist flexors, elbow flexors and shoulder<br />

rotators<br />

• Emphasize dynamic stabilization of wrist flexor/pronator<br />

muscles<br />

• Focus on shoulder external rotators<br />

• Emphasis on dynamic stabilization drills<br />

• Grip strength<br />

throwing<br />

c. Performing plyometrics for longer period of time prior to<br />

• Plyometric drills for 4 weeks instead of previously advocated<br />

2 weeks (initiated at 12 weeks postoperative)<br />

• Emphasize biomechanics and proper mechanics<br />

d. Throwing program<br />

• Delaying throwing for at least 4-5 months<br />

• More time in long toss program<br />

• Slower progression to “off the mound” throwing<br />

C. Phase One - Immediate Motion (week 0-4)<br />

Goals:<br />

- Re-establish non-painful ROM<br />

- Decrease pain and inflammation<br />

- Retard muscular atrophy<br />

- Protect healing tissue<br />

1. Range of Motion Progression<br />

a. Posterior splint at 90 o flexion for one week<br />

b. Week two - functional ROM brace (30-100)


- progress ROM; 5 o extension and 10 o flexion per week<br />

c. Full ROM* - 6 weeks (if able full ROM at week 5)<br />

- prevent flexion contracture<br />

2. Elbow Joint Compression Dressing (2-3 days)<br />

a. Wrist and hand ROM and gripping exercises<br />

b. Ice and compression*<br />

c. Isometrics for shoulder and elbow joint<br />

*Assessment of neurologic status<br />

3. Week 2<br />

a. Initiate AROM (ROM 30-100)<br />

• Safe ROM following UCL reconstruction<br />

Bernas et al: AJSM ‘10<br />

b. Continue AAROM<br />

c. Manual resistance drills (isometrics, RS)<br />

4. Week 3<br />

a. ROM 15 to 110 o (at least)<br />

b. Continue stretching and ROM exercises<br />

c. Initiate isotonic program (AROM, lightweight #1)<br />

d. Treat soft tissue restrictions – graft site<br />

B. Intermediate Phase (Week 4-8)<br />

Goals:<br />

- Gradually restore full ROM<br />

- Promote healing of repaired tissue<br />

- Restore strength, power and endurance<br />

1. Week 4<br />

a. Functional brace 10-120 o (at least)<br />

b. Initiate isotonics for entire arm and shoulder<br />

c. AAROM, PROM, stretching<br />

d. Continue soft tissue techniques<br />

e. Initiate a “modified Thrower’s ten program”<br />

2. Week 5-6<br />

a. Discontinue functional ROM brace<br />

b. Full ROM 0-145 o<br />

c. Progress isotonic strengthening


d. *Manual resistance exercises for elbow and wrist<br />

- Isotonic strengthening<br />

- Manual resistance RS<br />

*Assess for flexion contracture of LOM<br />

- May enhance dynamic joint stability<br />

- Increased muscular stiffness<br />

Treatment of Flexion Contracture<br />

1. Warm-up (active or passive)<br />

2. Joint stretch (passive stretch, PROM)<br />

3. LLLD stretch<br />

4. Heat or ultrasound<br />

5. CR techniques<br />

6. Passive stretching and joint mobilization (HR HU, RU joints)<br />

7. Strengthening in new ROM<br />

8. Repeat 2-7 steps<br />

9. Perform program 2-3 times per day<br />

10. Consider use of splint<br />

Treatment of LOM (Flexion)<br />

1. Contract-relax technique (CR)<br />

2. LLLD<br />

3. Joint mobilization<br />

4. Passive stretching<br />

Tissue Remodeling vs. Transient Tissue Changes<br />

*Efficiency of low load long duration stretching<br />

The Elbow Joint is a Unforgiving Joint<br />

C. Advanced Strengthening Phase (Weeks 8-13)<br />

Goals:<br />

- Improve arm strength, power and endurance<br />

- Maintain full ROM<br />

- Gradually initiate sport activities<br />

1. Week 8-10<br />

a. Thrower’s Ten Program<br />

b. Emphasize following:<br />

(1) concentric biceps<br />

(2) concentric triceps<br />

(3) stabilization wrist flex/pronaturs


(4) shoulder ER<br />

c. Neuromuscular drills<br />

2. Week 11-13<br />

a. *Initiate plyometric (3-4 weeks of plyos) 2 hand drills<br />

b. Continue all exercises<br />

c. Interval sport program (golf, swimming)<br />

d. Advanced Thrower’s Ten program - week 12<br />

D. Return to Activity Phase (Weeks 14-20)<br />

Goals:<br />

- Continue improvement of power, strength and endurance<br />

- Gradual return to sports<br />

1. Week 14<br />

a. Initiate one hand plyometric throwing drills<br />

b. Continue Throwers’ Ten Program<br />

c. Maintain flexibility and stretching<br />

2. Week 16<br />

a. Initiate interval throwing program (Phase I)<br />

Reinold, Wilk: JOSPT ‘02<br />

Fleisig, et al: JOSPT ‘11<br />

b. Continue all exercises listed above<br />

c. Emphasize alternating day training<br />

3. *Week 22-26<br />

a. Initiate interval throwing from mound Phase II<br />

throwing<br />

Continue isotonics<br />

Utilize periodization model – adjust intensity (wts)<br />

Criteria to Return to Throwing<br />

- Full ROM<br />

- Satisfactory stability<br />

- Isokinetic test<br />

Complications Following UCL Reconstruction


CLINICAL FOLLOW-UP STUDIES:<br />

1. Ulnar Neuropathy<br />

2. Loss of motion<br />

3. Loss strength<br />

1. Post-operative instability<br />

Andrews, Azar, Wilk, Groh: AJSM ’00<br />

1. 91 UCL reconstruction<br />

2. 41% professional players, 45% collegiate<br />

3. Average follow-up 35.4 months<br />

4. 79% returned to play, return to play 9.8 months<br />

Cain, Andrews, Dugas, Wilk, et al: AJSM ‘10<br />

1. 1281 UCL reconstructions (from 1988-2006)<br />

2. 959 baseball players<br />

3. 942 available for at least 2 yr follow-up<br />

4. Average follow-up 38.4 months<br />

5. 83% return to higher or previous level<br />

6. Average time surgery to throwing 4.4 months<br />

7. Average time to competition 11.6 months<br />

IV.<br />

PREVENTION OF ELBOW INJURIES:<br />

A. Several Specific Concepts<br />

1. Proper throwing mechanics<br />

a. “Leading with elbow”<br />

b. “Opening up too soon”<br />

2. Adequate flexor/pronator strength<br />

3. Proper shoulder strength, especially posterior cuff<br />

4. Adequate rest<br />

5. Not throwing (i.e. pitching) too often<br />

6. Fatigue; emphasize muscular endurance<br />

a. leading cause of elbow injuries in adolescent throwers


Lyman, Fleisig et al: AJSM ‘02<br />

Lyman et al: Med Sci Spts Ex ‘01<br />

Olsen, Fleisig et al: AJSM ‘07<br />

7. Types of pitches – elbow pain<br />

8. Recommendations: when to throw curve ball (what age)?<br />

9. Lateral epicondylitis<br />

10. Not all tennis elbow is the same!!<br />

V. KEY POINTS AND SUMMARY:<br />

A. Key Points<br />

1. Elbow joint is frequently injured<br />

2. Elbow injuries are increasing<br />

3. Proper mechanics may assist in preventing injuries<br />

4. Restoring motion is often difficult<br />

5. Nonoperative treatment – first treatment option<br />

6. Gradually increase applied loads<br />

7. Dynamic stabilization is critical<br />

8. Gradual return to throwing<br />

KEW: 4/13 – attachments<br />

UCL rehab protocol


REFERENCES<br />

1. Andrews JR, Joyce M, Jelsma R et al: Open surgical procedures for injuries to the<br />

elbow in throwers. Op Tech <strong>Sports</strong> Med 4:109-113, 1996<br />

2. Andrews JR, Timmerman L: Outcome of elbow surgery in professional baseball<br />

players. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med 23:407-413, 1995<br />

3. Azar F, Andrews JR, Wilk KE, Groh D: Functional outcomes of UCL reconstruction<br />

in professional baseball players. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med 28(1):16-23, 2000<br />

4. Bernas GA, Ruberte RA, Kinnaman KA, Hughes RE, Miller BS, Carpenter JE:<br />

Defining safe rehabilitation for ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction of the elbow:<br />

A biomechanical study. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med (in press 2011).<br />

5. Blackburn TA, McLeod WD, White B: EMG analysis of posterior rotator cuff<br />

exercises. Athl Training 25:40-45, 1990<br />

6. Clancy WG: Tendon trauma and overuse injuries. In: Leadbetter WB, Buckwalter<br />

JA, Gordon SL (eds): <strong>Sports</strong> Induced Inflammation. AAOS, pp. 609-618, 1990<br />

7. Conway JE, Jobe FW, Glousman RE: Medial instability of the elbow in throwing<br />

athletes. J Bon Joint Surg 74:677-83, 1992<br />

8. Davidson PA, Pink M, Perry J, et al: Functional anatomy of the flexor and pronator<br />

muscle group in relationship to the medial collateral ligament of the elbow. Am J<br />

Spts Med 23(2): 245-250, 1995<br />

9. Dehne E, Tory R: Treatment of joint injuries by immediate mobilization based upon<br />

the spiral adaptation concept. Clin Orthop 77:l218-232, 1971<br />

10. DiGiovine NM, Jobe, FW, et al: An EMG analysis of the upper extremity in pitching.<br />

J Shoulder Elb Surg 1:15-25, 1992<br />

11. DiGiovine NM, Jobe FW, Pink M, et al: An electromyographic analysis of the upper<br />

extremity in pitching. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 1:15-25, 1992


12. Ellenbecker TS, Mattalino AJ: The Elbow in Sport: Injury, Treatment and<br />

<strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation, Champaign, IL, Human Kinetics, 1997.<br />

13. Ellenbecker TS, Ellenbecker TS, Wilk KE, Altchek DW, Andrews JR: Current Concepts in<br />

<strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation Following Ulnar Collateral Ligament Reconstruction. <strong>Sports</strong> Health 1(4): 301-<br />

313, 2009.<br />

14. Fleisig GS, Escamilla RF: Biomechanics of the elbow in the throwing athlete. Op<br />

Techniq Spts Med 4(2): 62-68, 1996<br />

15. Fleisig GS, Bolt B, Fortenbaugh D, Wilk KE, Andrews JR: Biomechanical analysis of<br />

baseball pitching & long toss: Implications for training & rehabilitation. J Orthop<br />

<strong>Sports</strong> Phys Ther (in press 2011)<br />

16. Funk DA, An KN, Morrey BF, et al: EMG analysis of muscles across the elbow joint.<br />

J Orthop Res 5:529, 1987<br />

17. Hamilton CD, Gloussman RE, Jobe FW, et al: Dynamic stability of the elbow: EMG<br />

analysis of the flexor pronator group in pitchers with valgus instability. J Shldr Elb<br />

Surg 5:347-354, 1996<br />

18. Jobe FW, Stark H, Lombardo SJ: Reconstruction of the ulnar collateral ligament in<br />

athletes. J Bone Joint Surg 68:1158-1163, 1986<br />

19. Khabie V, Schwartz MC, Rokito AS, et al: The effect of intra-articular anesthesia and<br />

elastic bandage on elbow proprioception. J Shldr Elb Surg 7:501-504, 1998<br />

20. Kottke FJ, Paule DL, Ptak RA: The rationale for prolonged stretching for correction<br />

of shortening of connective tissue. Arch Phys Med <strong>Rehab</strong>il 47:345-352, 1966<br />

21. Lyman S, Fleisig GS, Andrews JR: Effect of pitch count, and pitching mechanics on<br />

risk of elbow & shoulder injuries in youth baseball pitchers. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med<br />

30(4):463-468, 2002.<br />

22. Lyman S, Fleisig GS, Aterbor JW, et al: Longitudinal study of elbow & shoulder pain<br />

youth baseball pitchers. Med Sci Spts Exerc 33(1): 1803-1810, 2001.<br />

23. Moseley JS, Jobe FW, Pink M, et al: EMG analysis of the scapular muscles during a<br />

shoulder rehabilitation program. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med 20:128-132, 1992<br />

24. Morrey BF, Askew LJ, Chao EY: Biomechanical study of normal functional elbow<br />

motion. J Bone Joint Surg 63A: 872-877, 1981<br />

25. Morrey BF, (Ed): The Elbow and Its Disorders (2 nd Ed). Philadelphia, W.B.<br />

Saunders Co., 1993


26. Nirschl RP: Muscle and muscle tendon trauma: tennis elbow tendonosis. In Morrey<br />

BF (ed): The Elbow and Its Disorders (3 rd Ed), W.B. Saunders, Philadelphia, p. 523-<br />

535, 2000<br />

27. Regan WD, Morrey BF: Entrapment neuropathies of the elbow. In: DeLec JC, Dres<br />

D (eds) Orthopaedic <strong>Sports</strong> Medicine, Philadelphia, W.B. Saunders Co., pp. 844-860<br />

28. Reinold MM, Wilk KE, Andrews JR: Interval sport programs. Guidelines for baseball<br />

tennis, and golf. J <strong>Sports</strong> Phys Ther 32:293-298, 2002.<br />

29. Rohrbough JT, Altchek DW, Hyman J et al: Medial collateral ligament reconstruction<br />

of the elbow using the docking technique. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med 30(4): 541-548, 2002.<br />

30. Schexneider M, Catlin PA, Davies GJ: Isokinetics and Exercise Sciences. 1(3):117-<br />

121, 1991<br />

31. Seto JL, Brewster CE, Randall CC, et al: <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation following ulnar collateral<br />

ligament reconstruction of athletes. J Orthop <strong>Sports</strong> Phys Ther 14:100-105, 1991<br />

32. Sisto DJ, Jobe FW, Moynes DR, et al: An electromyographic analysis of the elbow in<br />

pitching. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med 15:263-267, 1987<br />

33. Stroyan M, Wilk KE: The functional anatomy of the elbow complex. J Orthop <strong>Sports</strong><br />

Phys Ther 17(6):279-288, 1993<br />

34. Tabary JC, Tabary C, Tardiev C: Physiological and structural changes in the cat’s<br />

soleus muscle due to immobilization at different lengths by plaster casts. J Physiol<br />

(Lond) 224:231-244, 1972<br />

35. Timmerman L, Andrews, JR: Arthroscopic treatment of post-traumatic elbow pain<br />

and stiffness. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med 22:230-235, 1994<br />

36. Townsend H, Jobe FW, Pink M, et al: Electromyographic analysis of the<br />

glenohumeral muscles during a baseball rehabilitation program. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med<br />

19:264-269, 1991<br />

37. Warren CG, Lehmann JF, Koblanski JN: Heat and stretch procedures: An evaluation<br />

using rat tail tendon. Arch Phys Med <strong>Rehab</strong>il 52:465-474, 1971<br />

38. Werner SL, Fleisig GS, Dillman CL, et al: Biomechanics of the elbow during baseball<br />

pitching. J Orthop Phys Ther 17:274-278, 1993.<br />

39. Wright RW, Steger-May K,Wasserlauf BL, et al: Elbow range of motion in<br />

professional baseball pitchers. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med 34(2): 190-193, 2005.


40. Wilk KE, Arrigo CA, Andrews JR: <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation of the elbow in the throwing athlete.<br />

J Orthop <strong>Sports</strong> Phys Ther 17:305-317, 1993<br />

41. Wilk KE, Azar FM, Andrews JR: Conservative and operative rehabilitation of the<br />

elbow in sports. <strong>Sports</strong> Med Arthroscopy Rev 3:237-258, 1995<br />

42. Wilk KE, Arrigo CA, Andrews JR, Azar FM: <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation following elbow surgery in<br />

the throwing athlete. Operative Tech <strong>Sports</strong> Med 4(2):114-132, 1996<br />

43. Wilk KE: <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation of the elbow following arthroscopic surgery in Andrews JR,<br />

Soffer SR (eds): Elbow Arthroscopy. St. Louis, MO, Mosby, pp. 109-116, 1994<br />

44. Wilk KE, Voight N, Keirns MJ, et al: Plyometrics for the upper extremities: theory and<br />

clinical application. J Orthop <strong>Sports</strong> Phys Ther 17:225-239, 1993<br />

45. Wilk KE, Arrigo CA, Andrew JR, et al: <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation following elbow surgery in the<br />

throwing athlete. Op Techn Spts Med 4 (2):114-132, 1996<br />

46. Wilk KE, Andrews JR, Levitz C, et al: Elbow Injuries. In: Schnek RC (ed): Athletic<br />

Training and <strong>Sports</strong> Medicine. (3 rd Ed.), pp. 293-334, 1999<br />

47. Wilk KE, Levinson M: <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation of the athlete’s elbow. In Altchek DW, Andrews<br />

JR: The Athlete’s Elbow. Lippincott, William, and Wilkins, 2001<br />

48. Wilk KE, Andrews JR: <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation of elbow injuries. In: Puddu G, Grombin A,<br />

Salvanetti A: <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation of <strong>Sports</strong> Injuries. Springer Pub., Berlin, pp. 73-93, 2001<br />

49. Wilk KE, Reinold MM, Andrews JR: <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation of the thrower’s elbow. <strong>Sports</strong><br />

Med Arthroscopy Review 11 (1):79-95, 2003<br />

50. Wilk KE, Reinold MM, Andrews JR: <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation of the thrower’s elbow. Clin <strong>Sports</strong><br />

Med 23(4): 765-801, 2004.


Management of Tennis Elbow<br />

Joy Macdermid, PT, PhD CANADA


Session X<br />

Shoulder


Shoulder Anatomy<br />

James Irrgang, PT, PhD, ATC, FAPTA USA


Biomechanics of Shoulder Function<br />

James Irrgang, PT, PhD, ATC, FAPTA USA


Throwing Progression for Youth <strong>Sports</strong><br />

Michael Axe, MD USA


<strong>ISAKOS</strong> <strong>Sports</strong> <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation <strong>Course</strong>:<br />

Global Perspectives for the Physical Therapist & Athletic Trainer<br />

Toronto, CAN<br />

May 12-14, 2013<br />

Functional Testing Algorithm for Return to Play Following Shoulder Injuries<br />

George J. Davies, DPT,MEd,PT,SCS,ATC,CSCS,PES,FAPTA<br />

Professor, Armstrong Atlantic State University, Savannah, GA.<br />

Coastal Therapy, Savannah, GA. & Gundersen Lutheran <strong>Sports</strong> Medicine, LaCrosse, WI.<br />

I. Introduction<br />

II. Importance of establishing discharge criteria: safety for patient, legal implications, etc.<br />

III. Literature review<br />

IV. Quantitative and qualitative functional testing algorithm for clinical decision making for criteria for return to play<br />

V. Functional Testing Algorithm:<br />

• Visual Analog scale<br />

• Basic Measurements<br />

o Time/soft tissue healing<br />

o VAS (0-10 scale) (


9. Hurd, W, Axe, M, Snyder-Mackler, L. A 10-Year Prospective Trial of a Patient Management Algorithm and<br />

Screening Examination for Highly Active Individuals With Anterior Cruciate Ligament Injury Part 1, Outcomes.<br />

Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med. 36(1):40-47, 2008<br />

10. Meyer, GD, Schmitt, LC, Brent, JL, Ford, KR, Barber Foss, KD, Scherer, BJ, Heidt, RS, Divine, JG, Hewett, TE.<br />

Utilization of modified NFL combine testing to identify functional deficits in athletes following ACL<br />

reconstruction. J Ortho <strong>Sports</strong> Phys Ther. Jun;41(6):337-387, 2011<br />

11. Yenchak, AJ, Wilk, KE, Arrigo, CA, Simpson, CD, Andrews, JR. Criteria-based management of an acute multistructure<br />

knee injury in a professional football player: a case report. J Ortho <strong>Sports</strong> Phys Ther. 41(9):675-686,<br />

2011<br />

12. Barber-Westin, SD, Noyes, FR. Factors used to determine return to unrestricted sports activities after ACL-R.<br />

Arthroscopy. 27:1697-1705, 2011<br />

13. Davies, GJ, Heiderscheit, B, Clark, M. Closed Kinetic Chain Exercises-Functional Applications in Orthopaedics.<br />

Wadsworth, C (Ed) Strength and Conditioning Applications in Orthopaedics. Orthopaedic Section, Home Study<br />

<strong>Course</strong>, LaCrosse, WI., 1998.<br />

14. Davies, GJ, Gould, J, Larson, R. Functional Examination of the Shoulder Girdle. The Phys <strong>Sports</strong> Med, 9(6): 82-<br />

104, 1981.<br />

15. Myers JB, Lephart SM. Sensorimotor deficits contributing to glenohumeral instability. Clin Orthop Relat Res.<br />

400:98-104, 2002<br />

16. Myers JB, Wassinger CA, Lephart SM. Sensorimotor contribution to shoulder stability: effect of injury and<br />

rehabilitation. Man Ther. 11(3):197-201, 2006<br />

17. Davies, GJ, Hoffman, SD. Neuromuscular Testing and <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation of the Shoulder Complex. J Ortho <strong>Sports</strong><br />

Phys Ther. 18(2): 449-458, 1993<br />

18. Ellenbecker, TS, Davies, GJ.Proprioception and Neuromuscular Control. Chapter in Andrews, J, Harrelson, GL,<br />

Wilk, K. (Eds), Physical <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation of the Injured Athlete , 3rd. Ed., W.B. Saunders, Philadelphia, PA, 2012<br />

19. Voight ML, Hardin JA, Blackburn TA, Tippett S, Canner GC. The effects of muscle fatigue on and the<br />

relationship of arm dominance to shoulder proprioception. J Orthop <strong>Sports</strong> Phys Ther. 23(6):348-52, 1996<br />

20. Ellenbecker, TS, Davies, GJ, et al. Concentric vs Eccentric Isokinetic Strengthening of the Rotator Cuff-Objective<br />

Data vs Functional Test. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med 16(1): 64-69, 1988.<br />

21. Mont MA, Cohen DB, Campbell KR, Gravare K, Mathur SK. Isokinetic concentric versus eccentric training of<br />

shoulder rotators with functional evaluation of performance enhancement in elite tennis players. Am J <strong>Sports</strong><br />

Med. 22(4):513-7, 1994<br />

22. Treiber FA, Lott J, Duncan J, Slavens G, Davis H. Effects of Theraband and lightweight dumbbell training on<br />

shoulder rotation torque and serve performance in college tennis players. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med. 26(4):510-5, 1998.<br />

23. Davies, GJ, Riemann, BL, Byrnes, E, Simpson, L, Stephens, G. The effectiveness of blocked versus random<br />

exercise training programs using isolated shoulder exercises and selected outcome measures. Abstract accepted<br />

<strong>ISAKOS</strong> 8th Biennial Congress, Rio De Janeiro, Brazil, May, 2011<br />

24. Birke, C, Tankovich, M, Gignilliat, M, McCullouch, T, Riemann, BL, Davies, GJ. The effectiveness of isolated<br />

exercise shoulder rehabilitation program on patients with shoulder pain; and detraining effects. Accepted as<br />

poster presentation, APTA-CSM, Chicago, IL, 2012.<br />

25. Ellenbecker, TS. I Muscular strength relationship between normal grade manual muscle testing and isokinetic<br />

measurement of the shouler internal and external rotators. Isok Exerc Sci. 6:51-56, 1996<br />

26. Turner,N, Ferguson, K, Wetherington, B, Riemann, BL, Davies, GJ: Establishing unilateral ratios of<br />

scapulothoracic musculature using hand held dynamometry. J Sport <strong>Rehab</strong>. 18:502-520, 2009<br />

27. Reinold MM, Escamilla RF, Wilk KE. Current concepts in the scientific and clinical rationale behind exercises for<br />

glenohumeral and scapulothoracic musculature. J Orthop <strong>Sports</strong> Phys Ther. 39(2):105-17, 2009<br />

28. Riemann, BL, Davies, GJ, Ludwig, L, Gardenhour, H. Hand-held dynamometer testing of the internal and<br />

external rotator musculature based on selected positions to establish normative data and unilateral ratios. J<br />

Shoulder and Elbow Surg. 2010; 19:1175-1183<br />

29. Davies, GJ. A Compendium of Isokinetics in Clinical Usage , First Edition, S & S Publishers, La Crosse, WI,<br />

1984.<br />

30. Wilk KE, Andrews JR, Arrigo CA, Keirns MA, Erber DJ. The strength characteristics of internal and external<br />

rotator muscles in professional baseball pitchers. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med. 21(1):61-6, 1993<br />

31. Wilk KE, Andrews JR, Arrigo CA. The abductor and adductor strength characteristics of professional baseball<br />

pitchers. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med. 23(6):778, 1995<br />

32. Davies, GJ, Ellenbecker, T, Heiderscheidt, B, et.al. Clinical Examination of the Shoulder Complex. In Tovin, B,<br />

Greenfield, B. (Eds.) Evaluation and Treatment of the Shoulder: An Integration of the Guide to Physical<br />

Therapist Practice. F.A. Davis, PA, 2001<br />

33. Ellenbecker, TS, Davies, GJ. The Application of Isokinetics in Testing and <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation of the Shoulder<br />

Complex. J Ath Train, 35:338-350, 2000.<br />

34. Davies, GJ, Wilk, KE, Ellenbecker, TS. Isokinetic Exercise and Testing for the Shoulder. In Andrews, JR, Wilk,<br />

KE, Reinold, M (Eds) The Athlete's Shoulder. Elsevier, Philadelphia, PA., 2009


35. Davies, GJ, Ellenbecker, T. The Scientific and Clinical Application of Isokinetics in Evaluation and Treatment of<br />

the Athlete. Chapter in Andrews, J, Harrelson, GL, Wilk, K. (Eds), Physical <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation of the Injured Athlete ,<br />

3rd. Ed., W.B. Saunders, Philadelphia, PA, 2012<br />

36. Codine, P, et.al. Isokinetic strength measurement and training of the shoulder: methodology and results. Ann<br />

Readapt Med Phys 48:80-92, 2005<br />

37. Hurd, WJ, et.al. The effects of anthropometric scaling parameters on normalized muscle strength in uninjured<br />

baseball pitchers. J Sport <strong>Rehab</strong>. 20:311-320, 2011<br />

38. Davies, GJ Campbell, Reliability and Validity of the Boston Biomotion Instrument in the Measure of Upper<br />

Extremity Power and a Comparison to the Seated Shot Put Test, Platform presentation, <strong>ISAKOS</strong> Meeting, Rio De<br />

Janeiro, Brazil, may, 2012<br />

39. Ellenbecker, TS, Manske, R, Davies, GJ. Closed Kinetic Chain Testing Techniques of the Upper Extremities.<br />

Ortho Phys Ther Clin of North Am, 9:219-230, 2000.<br />

40. Ellenbecker, T, Davies, GJ. Closed Kinetic Chain Exercise: A Comprehensive Guide to Multiple Joint Exercise.<br />

Human Kinetics, IL, 2001<br />

41. Goldbeck, T, Davies GJ. Test-retest Reliability of a Closed Kinetic Chain Upper Extremity Stability Test: A<br />

Clinical Field Test. J Sport <strong>Rehab</strong>, 9:35-45, 2000.<br />

42. Rousch, JR, Kitamura, J, Waits, MC. Reference Values for the Closed Kinetic Chain Upper Extremity Stability<br />

Test (CKCUEST) for Collegiate Baseball Players. Inter J <strong>Sports</strong> Phys Ther. Aug 2(3):159-163, 2007<br />

43. Pontillo, M, et.al. Prediction of in-season shoulder injury from preseason testing in D-I collegiate football<br />

players. J Ortho <strong>Sports</strong> Phys Ther. 42:SPL4, 2012<br />

44. Sweeny, AE, et.al. Return-to-sport rehabilitation for a rugby athlete following posterior shoulder stabilization<br />

procedure. J Ortho <strong>Sports</strong> Phys Ther. 42:SPL18, 2012<br />

45. Riemann, BL, Davies, GJ. Relationship between two upper extremity functional performance tests and shoulder<br />

and trunk muscle strength. Med Sci <strong>Sports</strong> Exerc 41(5):S393, 2009<br />

46. Koch, J, Riemann BL, Davies, GJ. Ground reaction force patterns in plyometric push ups. J Strength Cond Res.<br />

47. Moore, LH, Tankovich, MJ, Riemann, BL, Davies, GJ. Kinematic Analysis of Four Plyometric Push-Up Variations.<br />

Inter J Exer Sci (In press, 2012)<br />

48. Abernethy P, Wilson G, Logan P. Strength and Power Assessment Issues, Controversies and Challenges. <strong>Sports</strong><br />

Med. 19(6): 401-417, 1995<br />

49. Rex, N, Clark, S, Austin, T, Davies, GJ, Riemann, BL, Heiderscheidt, B. Upper extremity power measures and<br />

determining a gold standard. DPT Capstone Research Project, 2012<br />

50. Ansley, M, McBride, B, Overstreet, A, Davies, GJ, Riemann, BL, Negrete, R, et.al. Multicenter study for the<br />

correlation between field tests of upper extremity function and power. DPT Capstone Project, 2009<br />

51. Gillespie J, Keenum S. A Validity and reliability analysis of the seated shot put as a test of power. Journal of<br />

Human Movement Studies. 13: 97-105, 1988<br />

52. Negrete, RJ, Hanney, WJ, Kolber, MJ, Davies, GJ, et.al. Reliability, minimal detectable change and normative<br />

values for tests of upper extremity function and power. J Strength Cond Res, 24:3318-3325, 2010<br />

53. Meyer, GD, et.al. Utilization of modified NFL combine testing to identify functional deficits in athletes following<br />

ACL reconstructions. J Ortho <strong>Sports</strong> Phys Ther. 41: 377-387, 2011<br />

54. Arden, CL, et.al. Return to preinjury level of competitive sport after ACL Reconstruction surgery. Am J <strong>Sports</strong><br />

Med. 39:538-543, 2011<br />

55. Grindem, H, et.al. Single-legged hop tests as predictors of self-reported knee function in nonoperatively<br />

treated individuals with ACL injury. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med. 39:2347-2354, 2011<br />

56. Hurd, WJ, et.al. The effects of anthropometric scaling parameters on normalized muscle strength in uninjured<br />

baseball pitchers. J Sport <strong>Rehab</strong>. 20:311-320, 2011<br />

57. Limbaugh, GK, Riemann, BL, Davies, GJ. Comparison of standing single arm shot put performance between<br />

limbs with different loads in collegiate baseball players. Platform Presentation, NATA, Philadelphia, PA, June,<br />

2010.<br />

58. Limbaugh, GK, Traylor, D, Riemann, BL, Davies, GJ. Comparing one-arm seated shot put throw performance<br />

between baseball and non-baseball athletes, Poster Presentation, ACSM, Seattle, WA., 2010<br />

59. Negrete, RJ, Davies, GJ, Hanney, WJ, Riemann, BL. Modified pull-up is the best predictor of a softball throw for<br />

distance. Inter J <strong>Sports</strong> Phys Ther, June, 2011.<br />

60. Rankin, SA, Roe, JR, Malone, T. Test-Retest reliability analysis of Davies clinically oriented functional throwing<br />

performance index (FTPI) over extended time periods. Univ Kentucky MS Thesis, 1996.<br />

61. Collins, DR, Hedges, PB. A Comprehensive Guide to <strong>Sports</strong> Skills Tests and Measurements. Springfield, IL.,<br />

Charles C. Thomas, pp. 330-333, 1978<br />

62. Reiman, MP, Manske, RC. Functional Testing in Human Performance. Human Kinetics. Champaign, IL., 2009<br />

63. Wilk KE, Obma P, Simpson CD, Cain EL, Dugas JR, Andrews JR. Shoulder injuries in the overhead athlete. J<br />

Orthop <strong>Sports</strong> Phys Ther. 39(2):38-54, 2009<br />

64. Lentz, TA, et.al. The relationship of pain, intensity, physical impairment, and pain-related fear to function in<br />

patients with shoulder pathology. J Ortho <strong>Sports</strong> Phys Ther. 39:270-277, 2009<br />

65. Bhagwant, S, et.al. Influence of fear-avoidance beliefs on functional status outcomes for people with<br />

musculoskeletal conditions of the shoulder. Phys Ther. 92:992-1005, 2012


Session XI<br />

Shoulder


Operative management of shoulder instability <br />

Klaus Bak, MD, Parkens Privathospital, <br />

Teres Medical Group, Copenhagen, Denmark <br />

The operative management of shoulder instability is constantly under evolution. Non-­operative<br />

treatment programs develop and implies better outcome prognosis. Diagnostic <br />

options are improved as well. This gives a much larger palet of treatment possibilities. It has <br />

been proposed by the French shoulder surgeon Pascal Boileau, that surgical treatment of <br />

shoulder instability should be regarded as looking at a menu at a restaurant. In this way you <br />

are abl to individualize the treatment and hopefully decrease the risk of redislocation. It is not <br />

possible to recommend one single type of stabilizing procedure for all patients. Boileau <br />

developed the Injury Severity Index (JBJS 2007) that evaluated the risk of recurrence after <br />

arthroscopic surgery. According to this study, patients with a total score over 6 points had a <br />

risk of recurrence of 70 % after arthroscopic Bankart repair. <br />

Pascal Boileaus Instability severity index score JBJS 2007 <br />

Prognostic factors <br />

Points <br />

Age at surgery (yrs)<br />

< 20 2<br />

> 20 0<br />

Preoperative sports activity<br />

High level/competition 2<br />

Recreational or no sport 0<br />

Type of sport (preoperative)<br />

Contact or forced overhead 1<br />

Other 0<br />

Shoulder hyperlaxity<br />

Shoulder hyperlaxity (anterior or inferior) 1<br />

Normal laxity 0<br />

Hill-Sachs on antero-posterior x-ray<br />

Visible in external rotation 2<br />

Not visible in external rotation 0<br />

Glenoidal defect on AP- rtg<br />

Loss of contour 2<br />

No lesion 0<br />

Total (points) 10<br />

Indications for operative treatment <br />

Indications are widely individual, but some trends can be extracted from the literature. <br />

Indications for surgery should consider several factors:


• Age of the patient – the younger the patient – the higher the risk of recurrence without <br />

operation. One exception is teenagers with atraumatic instability where non-­‐operative <br />

treatment should be encouraged for as long as possible <br />

• The rate of dislocations – the more common -­‐ the less likely of success of non-­operative<br />

treatment <br />

• The patient’s activity demands – the higher the risk of collision involving the arm the <br />

more likely to chose operation. <br />

Arthroscopic Bankart <br />

Arthroscopic treatment of glenohumeral instability has been an established surgical option <br />

for more than 25 years. Primary reports showed unacceptably high failure rates. With <br />

increasing evolution of techniques, implant strength, suture quality, and proper patient <br />

selection, the results are more promising. Studies comparing arthroscopic and open repair <br />

still show that the failure rate is lower in open repair, in particular in contact athletes, but the <br />

trend is moving towards choosing a technique tailored for the individual patient, rather than <br />

selecting one technique over the other. Over the last years bone block procedures are <br />

becoming more widely used in particular in high-­‐risk athletes. <br />

Arthroscopy has advantages over open repair in more easily detecting and addressing <br />

associated lesions (SLAP, PASTA etc.) and more rare lesions like HAGL. <br />

Before arthroscopic repair is planned a number of factors should be taken into consideration: <br />

• The age of the patient (under 25 is a high indicator of surgical repair) <br />

• The activity level (participation in contact or throwing sports indicates repair) <br />

• Associated lesions that affects outcome and function (cuff, brachial plexus) <br />

• Inherent hypermobility (additional repair needed or longer rehabilitation) <br />

Patients suited for Arthroscopic repair will score less than 6 points on Pascal Boileau’s <br />

instability severity index score (Table 1). Patients well-­‐matched for arthroscopic repair are <br />

young, active first time dislocators, or patients with few recurrent dislocations and no severe <br />

glenoid bone loss (< 20%), bony Bankart lesions, presence of a HAGL-­‐lesion, and patients with <br />

associated cuff tears. In multidirectional unstable shoulders (MDI), arthroscopic capsular


plication or capsular-­‐labral reconstruction results in good outcome in those patients where <br />

there is no progression in dysfunction after intensive physiotherapeutic training emphasizing <br />

scapular function. Closing of the rotator interval remains a controversy but may be indicated <br />

in some individuals with severe inferior instability in order to create a temporary increase <br />

contact between the glenoid and the humeral head. It seems that the capsule and ligaments of <br />

the MDI-­‐patients gradually get loose with time, but during the time where stability is present <br />

the MDI-­‐patient may have the possibility of regaining normal neuro-­‐muscular control of the <br />

shoulder girdle. <br />

Surgical choices <br />

There seem to be a least four different groups to consider for treatment <br />

1. Simple unidirectional anterior instability – arthroscopic Bankart <br />

2. Instability with significant bone loss <br />

a. Bone block procedure (Latarjet or Edin Hybinette, J-­‐span and others) <br />

3. Isolated Hill-­‐Sachs w Bankart – Reimplissage <br />

4. Multidirectional instability and isolated posterior instability – open inferior capsular <br />

shift or arthroscopic capsule-­‐labral plication <br />

Tips and tricks – arthroscopic repair <br />

I prefer arthroscopic Bankart over a mini-­‐open procedure, but there may be no difference in <br />

outcome between the two procedures. The arthroscopy bears the advantage of detecting un-­expected<br />

associated lesions that were overlooked on MR. <br />

Tips and tricks: <br />

• The first task is: Identification of the lesion and associated pathology <br />

• The second task of mobilizing the capsulolabral complex may be the most important <br />

part of the procedure. A sharp ablator is the preferred instrument together with an <br />

aggressive shaver blade <br />

• I prefer a knotless anchor and a non-­‐resorbable suture


Postoperative treatment <br />

Postoperatively the arm should be immobilised in a sling with or without abduction pillow. <br />

The length of immobilisation is depending on the quality of the tissue and the repair. Usually 4 <br />

weeks as a standard, and 6-­‐8 weeks in cases of weak tissue or weak repair. <br />

Early passive range of motion and isometric muscle training/activation with arms at the side <br />

is allowed the first postoperative day. Addressing scapular function in the rehabilitation is <br />

crucial. Increasing resistance exercise is allowed after six weeks and functional rehab from <br />

week 10-­‐12. The time to resume normal sports activities depends on the sport. Contact and <br />

throwing sports can normally be resumed after 4-­‐6 months. When the indication is right and <br />

the patient is compliant in restrictions and rehabilitation, the recurrence rate is lower than 10 <br />

%. <br />

References <br />

1. Neer CS, Foster CR: Inferior capsular shift for involuntary inferior and multidirectional instability of the shoulder. J <br />

Bone Joint Surg (Am) 62-­‐A 1980 : 897-­‐907. <br />

2. Bottoni CR, Wilckens JH, DeBerardino TM, D'Alleyrand JC, Rooney RC, Harpstrite JK, Arciero RA. A prospective, <br />

randomized evaluation of arthroscopic stabilization versus nonoperative treatment in patients with acute, <br />

traumatic, first-­‐time shoulder dislocations. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med 2002; 30: 576-­‐580. <br />

3. Jakobsen BW, Johannsen HV, Suder P, Søjbjerg JO. Primary repair versus conservative treatment of first-­‐time <br />

traumatic anterior dislocation of the shoulder: a randomized study with 10-­‐year follow-­‐up. Arthroscopy 2007; 23: <br />

118-­‐23. <br />

4. Kirkley A, Werstine R, Ratjek A, Griffin S. Prospective randomized clinical trial comparing the effectiveness of <br />

immediate arthroscopic stabilization versus immobilization and rehabilitation in first traumatic anterior <br />

dislocations of the shoulder: long-­‐term evaluation. Arthroscopy 2005; 21:55-­‐63. <br />

5. Larrain MV, Montenegro HJ, Mauas DM, Collazo CC, Pavón F. Arthroscopic management of traumatic anterior <br />

shoulder instability in collision athletes: analysis of 204 cases with a 4-­‐ to 9-­‐year follow-­‐up and results with the <br />

suture anchor technique. Arthroscopy 2006; 22: 1283-­‐9. <br />

6. Hovelius L, Olofsson A, Sandström B, Augustini BG, Krantz L, Fredin H, Tillander B, Skoglund U, Salomonsson B, <br />

Nowak J, Sennerby U. Nonoperative treatment of primary anterior shoulder dislocation in patients forty years of age <br />

and younger. a prospective twenty-­‐five-­‐year follow-­‐up. J Bone Joint Surg Am 2008; 90: 945-­‐52. <br />

7. Itoi E, Hatakeyama Y, Sato T, Kido T, Minagawa H, Yamamoto N, Wakabayashi I, Nozaka K. Immobilization in <br />

external rotation after shoulder dislocation reduces the risk of recurrence. A randomized controlled trial. J Bone <br />

Joint Surg Am 2007; 89): 2124-­‐31. <br />

8. Kibler WB. Management of the scapula in glenohumeral instability. Techniques in Shoulder and Elbow Surgery 2003; <br />

4: 89-­‐98. <br />

9. Hobby J, Griffin D, Dunbar M, Boileau P. Is arthroscopic surgery for stabilisation of chronic shoulder instability as <br />

effective as open surgery? A systematic review and meta-­‐analysis of 62 studies including 3044 arthroscopic <br />

operations. J Bone Joint Surg Br 2007; 89: 1188-­‐1196. <br />

10. Cole BJ, L'Insalata J, Irrgang J, Warner JJ. Comparison of arthroscopic and open anterior shoulder stabilization. A two <br />

to six-­‐year follow-­‐up study. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2000; 82-­‐A: 1108-­‐14.


11. Fabbriciani C, Milano G, Demontis A, Fadda S, Ziranu F, Mulas PD. Arthroscopic versus open treatment of Bankart <br />

lesion of the shoulder: a prospective randomized study. Arthroscopy 2004; 20: 456-­‐62. <br />

12. Jørgensen U, Svend-­‐Hansen H, Bak K, I Pedersen. Recurrent post-­‐traumatic anterior shoulder dislocation -­‐ open versus <br />

arthroscopic repair. Knee Surg <strong>Sports</strong> Traumatol Arthrosc. 1999; 7:118-­‐124. <br />

13. Burkhart SS, De Beer JF. Traumatic glenohumeral bone defects and their relationship to failure of arthroscopic <br />

Bankart repairs: significance of the inverted-­‐pear glenoid and the humeral engaging Hill-­‐Sachs lesion. Arthroscopy <br />

2000; 16: 677-­‐94. <br />

14. Provencher MT, Mologne TS, Michio H, Zhao K, Tasto JP, An KN. Arthroscopic versus open rotator interval closure: <br />

Biomechanical evaluation of stability and motion. Arthroscopy 2007; 23: 583-­‐592. <br />

15. Plausinis D, Bravman JT, Heywood C, Kummer FJ, Kwon YW, Jazrawi LM. Arthroscopic rotator interval closure: <br />

effect of sutures on glenohumeral motion and anterior-­‐posterior translation. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med 2006; 34: 1656-­‐61. <br />

16. Mologne TS, Zhao K, Hongo M, Romeo AA, An KN, Provencher MT. The addition of rotator interval closure after <br />

arthroscopic repair of either anterior or posterior shoulder instability: effect on glenohumeral translation and range <br />

of motion. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med 2008; 36: 1123-­‐31. <br />

17. Kim SH, Ha KI, Jung MW, Lim MS, Kim YM, Park JH. Accelerated rehabilitation after arthroscopic Bankart repair for <br />

selected cases: a prospective randomized clinical study. Arthroscopy 2003; 19: 722-­‐31. <br />

18. Tauber M, Resch H, Forstner R, Raffl M, Schauer J. Reasons for failure after surgical repair of anterior shoulder <br />

instability. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 2004; 13: 279-­‐85. <br />

19. Burkhart SS, Morgan CD, Kibler WB. The disabled throwing shoulder: spectrum of pathology Part I: pathoanatomy <br />

and biomechanics. Arthroscopy 2003; 19: 404-­‐420. <br />

20. Burkhart SS, Morgan CD, Kibler WB. The disabled throwing shoulder: spectrum of pathology Part II: evaluation and <br />

treatment of SLAP lesions in throwers. Arthroscopy 2003; 19: 531-­‐539. <br />

21. Burkhart SS, Morgan CD, Kibler WB. The disabled throwing shoulder: spectrum of pathology Part III: The SICK <br />

scapula, scapular dyskinesis, the kinetic chain, and rehabilitation. Arthroscopy 19[6], 641-­‐661. 200. <br />

22. Porcellini G. Shoulder instability and related rotator cuff tears: arthroscopic findings and treatment in patients aged <br />

40 to 60 years. Arthroscopy 2006; 22: 270-­‐276. <br />

23. Berbig R, Weishaupt D, Prim J, Shahin O. Primary anterior shoulder dislocation and rotator cuff tears. J Shoulder <br />

Elbow Surg 1999; 8: 220-­‐225.


9 th Biennial <strong>ISAKOS</strong> Congress<br />

May 14, 2013 13:45-14:00<br />

Toronto, Ontario, Canada<br />

<strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation Following Rotator<br />

Cuff Repair Surgery<br />

Kevin E. Wilk, DPT<br />

Champion <strong>Sports</strong> Medicine<br />

Birmingham, AL<br />

I. INTRODUCTION<br />

A. The Post-Operative <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation – Overview<br />

1. Gradual change in past several years<br />

a. Slightly more progressive and aggressive<br />

b. Due to:<br />

1) Patient selection – move active patients<br />

2) Increased functional demands<br />

3) Improved surgical techniques (stronger fixation<br />

methods)<br />

4) Minimizing deltoid involvement<br />

2. Arthroscopic repairs<br />

a. Increasing popularity among orthopaedic surgeons<br />

b. Gradual increase in numbers<br />

c. Patients experience less pain & less stiffness<br />

d. Special concerns for this type of patient<br />

3. <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation program must allow for tissue healing constraints<br />

4. Keys to successful rehab in rotator cuff repaired shoulder<br />

a. establish passive range of motion<br />

b. restore ER muscular strength<br />

c. establish shoulder balance<br />

d. improve scapular position & posture<br />

e. gradually increase applied loads<br />

f. caution against over-aggressive activities - early<br />

e. control applied forces for first 6 months<br />

f. gradual return to functional activities


B. Primary Goals of Surgery/<strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation<br />

1. Restore functional abilities of the upper limb<br />

a. Maintain integrity of repair<br />

b. Re-establish passive mobility<br />

c. Re-establish muscular balance<br />

e. Reduce pain; muscular inhibition<br />

f. Improve dynamic stabilization<br />

2. The rehabilitation formula following rotator cuff repair<br />

a. Restore passive motion<br />

b. Control active motion for 2 weeks up to 8 weeks<br />

c. Allow soft tissue healing then progress to active motion<br />

C. Specific Clinical Questions:<br />

1. When is the repaired cuff the weakest?<br />

2. When is the repaired cuff the strongest?<br />

3. When is it safe to perform specific activities? weight lifting? sports?<br />

II.<br />

FACTORS INFLUENCING THE REHABILITATION PROGRAM<br />

A. Ten Critical Factors to Consider Before Initiating the Program<br />

1. Type of repair<br />

a. Deltoid split (mini-open)<br />

b. Deltoid take down (open)<br />

c. Arthroscopic technique<br />

2. Tissue quality<br />

a. Soft tissue integrity<br />

c. Osseous integrity<br />

3. Size of tear<br />

1) Fixation strength<br />

a. Absolute size<br />

b. Number of tendons/muscles involved<br />

4. Location of tear


a. Which musculotendinous structures are involved<br />

1) Isolated supraspinatus<br />

2) Supraspinatus and infraspinatus<br />

3) Subscapularis<br />

4) Etc.<br />

Burkhart SS: Clin Orthop ‘92<br />

5. Surrounding tissue quality<br />

a. Integrity of infraspinatus, teres minor and subscapularis<br />

b. Important for force couples<br />

6. Mechanism of failure (onset)<br />

a. Traumatic (approx. 3-5%)<br />

b. Gradual and progressive failure<br />

7. Patient’s variables:<br />

a. Activities (work, sports)<br />

b. Motivation<br />

c. Worker’s compensation<br />

Hawkins: JBJS ‘85<br />

d. Healing potential<br />

8. <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation potential<br />

a. Supervised rehabilitation<br />

b. Unsupervised rehabilitation<br />

9. Physician’s philosophical approach<br />

Conservative<br />

Continuously Aggressive<br />

10. Type of rotator cuff tear<br />

a. Horizontal<br />

b. Vertical<br />

c. Avulsion<br />

B. Classification of Rotator Cuff Tears


Small<br />

Medium<br />

Large<br />

Massive<br />

< 1 cm<br />

1-3 cm<br />

3-5 cm<br />

> 5 cm<br />

C. Five Types of <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation Programs<br />

Type I - Small Tear (Excellent Tissue)<br />

Type II - Medium to Large Tear (Good Tissue)<br />

Type II - Large to Massive Tear (Poor Tissue)<br />

Arthroscopic Repairs – small to medium<br />

Arthroscopic Repairs – medium to large<br />

The <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation Program Must Match the Surgical Procedure<br />

Physician – Therapist communication is vital for successful outcome!<br />

III.<br />

REHABILITATION FOLLOWING MINI-OPEN ROTATOR CUFF REPAIR<br />

Example: Mini-Open Repair Type II<br />

A. ROM Guidelines<br />

1. Immediate PROM to tolerance<br />

2. Sling 14-21 days<br />

3. Elbow/hand ROM and gripping exercises<br />

4. PROM for 1-3 weeks<br />

5. Full PROM at weeks 2-4<br />

6. AAROM L-bar ROM ER/IR days 7-10<br />

7. AAROM L-bar ROM flex days 10-14 (with arm support)<br />

B. Muscle Training Guidelines<br />

1. Isometrics submaximal and sub-painful<br />

Use of Electrical muscle stimulation to rotator cuff<br />

Emphasize: ER, IR and Scapular Muscles<br />

2. Rhythmic stabs ER/IR week 2<br />

3. Rhythmic stabs flex/ext week 3<br />

4. Scapular strengthening weeks 3-4<br />

5. Active ROM flexion and abduction<br />

6. Use of EMS to shoulder musculature<br />

a. ER/IR ratio<br />

b. Time from surgery


Factors which determine rate of progression<br />

C. Functional Activity Guidelines<br />

1. <strong>Sports</strong> activities interval sport programs<br />

a. Golf weeks 14-16<br />

b. Tennis weeks 20-22<br />

c. Swimming weeks 22-26<br />

d. Weight lifting activities<br />

- May begin at 4-5 months close to body than away from<br />

body<br />

D. Long Term Exercises Program<br />

1. Fundamental shoulder exercise program<br />

2. Control heavy lifting for 6-9 mos.<br />

3. No lifting overhead for 6-9 mos.<br />

IV.<br />

ARTHROSCOPIC ROTATOR CUFF REPAIR<br />

A. Advantages of Arthroscopic Repair<br />

1. Less soft tissue disruption<br />

2. Diminished scar formation and adhesions<br />

3. Less postoperative pain<br />

B. Surveyed 25 Orthopaedic Surgeons (2000 &2005)<br />

1. 85% routinely perform arthroscopic repairs (2000)<br />

2. Criteria for arthroscopic repair – size & ability to mobilize<br />

3. <strong>Rehab</strong> slower, faster or the same?<br />

4. 100% routinely perform arthroscopic repairs (2005)<br />

C. Arthroscopic Repair Fixation Strength<br />

Burra, Jablonski, Cain, Andrews: AOSSM ’02<br />

- Significant differences between mini-open and arthroscopic technique<br />

- Arthroscopic gap formation at 320 N<br />

- Mini-open gap formation at 510 N<br />

Waltrip, Zheng, Dugaset al : AJSM ‘03<br />

- significant difference in number of cycles to failure<br />

- single row arhroscopic technique failed at 6x fewer cycles


D. <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation Guidelines<br />

1. Abduction pillow splint 30 days for 2-3 weeks<br />

2. Immediate PROM exercises<br />

3. ER/IR at 45 degrees Abd scapular plane<br />

4. Full PROM 3-4 weeks<br />

5. ER/IR tubing at side weeks 4-5<br />

6. Sidelying flexion<br />

7. Progress to resistance exercises weeks 12-16<br />

8. Initiate interval sport programs<br />

V. RE-ESTABLISH DYNAMIC HUMERAL HEAD CONTROL<br />

A. Re-Establish Dynamic Stabilization of GH Joint! (Key Goal)<br />

1. Initiate rhythmic stabilization drills<br />

“Balance Position” - supine position<br />

Wilk: Athlete’s Shoulder ‘93<br />

2. Dysfunctional arc of motion<br />

Arc of motion 0-30° then 100-125 o – Why?<br />

a. “Balanced Position”<br />

100 o flexion<br />

20 o horizontal abd<br />

1) Perform RS flex/ext<br />

2) Perform RS horizontal flex/ext<br />

b. Muscular force vectors<br />

1) Deltoid compresses humeral head at 100 o and above<br />

2) Supraspinatus compressor throughout ROM<br />

3) Rhythmic stabilization drills<br />

Flexor/extensor above 90°<br />

ER/IR in scapular plane @ 45 o Abd<br />

c. Gradual progression in muscular strength<br />

1) Exercise tubing ER/IR<br />

2) Initiate scapular muscle strengthening


3) Continue isometrics<br />

VI.<br />

FUNCTIONAL OUTCOMES<br />

A. Shoulder Strength Following Rotator Cuff Repair Surgery<br />

Rokito et al: JSES ’96<br />

1. 42 consecutive patients<br />

2. Isokinetic testing every 3 months for one year<br />

3. Recover of strength correlated with size of the tear<br />

4. Greatest improvement occurred in first 6 months (80%)<br />

5. Slowest muscular group to regain strength, ER!<br />

B. Evaluation of the Shoulder Functionally<br />

1. Rate comfort (pain)<br />

2. Satisfaction level<br />

3. AROM/PROM<br />

4. Functional abilities<br />

Harryman et al: JBJS ‘91<br />

C. Success vs. Failure<br />

1. What determines outcome?<br />

a. Integrity of repair?<br />

b. Re-establishing dynamic stability<br />

Harryman et al: JBJS ‘91<br />

Patients 5 years following surgery, approximately 48% recurrent deficit however 87%<br />

with recurrent defect satisfactory outcome.<br />

D. Wilk et al: Tech Shoulder and Elbow Surg ’00<br />

1. 22 patients, mini-open repair<br />

2. Average follow-up 40 months<br />

3. Average age 64.7 years (40-76)<br />

4. Size of tears: 1, 9, 8, 4<br />

5. Results:<br />

a) 73% excellent<br />

b) 22% good<br />

c) 4% fair


6. Average score (ASES)<br />

a) Pre-op: 30.7<br />

b) Postop: 92.0<br />

VII.<br />

IRREPARABLE ROTATOR CUFF TEARS<br />

A. <strong>Rehab</strong> Guidelines<br />

1. Re-establish full PROM<br />

2. Reduce pain – muscle inhibition<br />

3. Activate rotator cuff muscles<br />

4. Re-establish unilateral muscle ratio<br />

5. Turn on and strengthen rotator cuff<br />

6. EMS to rotator cuff musculature<br />

Re-assess – Adjust weekly<br />

Balance of Muscular Forces – Wilk<br />

Suspension bridge concept - Burkhart<br />

VIII.<br />

SUMMARY<br />

A. Key Points<br />

1. <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation must be based on type of surgery, tissue quality, and<br />

size of tear<br />

2. Communication is vital<br />

Physician ↔ therapist<br />

3. Gradual restoration of motion<br />

4. Re-establish dynamic stability<br />

a. Emphasize muscular balance (ER/IR ratio)<br />

b. Do not exercise through shoulder shrug sign<br />

c. Scapular strength<br />

5. Muscular balance (ER/IR ratio)<br />

6. Watch out for “empty can” - may be painful if -<br />

7. Do not overload healing tissue<br />

8. Gradual restoration of function<br />

Keys to successful rehab in rotator cuff repaired shoulder<br />

a. establish passive range of motion<br />

b. restore ER muscular strength


KEW: 03/13<br />

c. establish shoulder balance<br />

d. improve scapular position & posture<br />

e. control applied forces for first 6 months<br />

f. gradual return to functional activities


References - Rotator Cuff Repair <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation<br />

1. Clark J, Sidles JA, Matsen FA: The relationship of the glenohumeral joint capsule<br />

to the rotator cuff. Clin Orthop 1990; 254:29-34<br />

2. Rathbun JB, Macnab I: The microvascular pattern of the rotator cuff. J Bone Joint<br />

Surg 1970; 52B:540<br />

3. Lohr JF, Uhthoff HK: The microvascular pattern of the supraspinatus tendon. Clin<br />

Orthop 1990; 254:35-38<br />

4. Swiontkowski M, Iannotti JP, Boulas JH, et al: Intraoperative assessment of<br />

rotator cuff vascularity using laser Doppler flowmetry, in Post M, Morrey BE,<br />

Hawkins RJ (eds): Surgery of the Shoulder. St. Louis, Mosby-Year Book, 1990,<br />

pp 208-212<br />

5. Iannotti JP: Rotator Cuff Disorders: Evaluation & Treatment. Am Acad<br />

Orthopaedic Surgeons Pub, Park Ridge, IL, 1991<br />

6. Neer CS II, Poppen NK: Supraspinatus outlet. Orthop Trans 1987; 11:234<br />

7. Poppen NK, Walker PS: Forces at the glenohumeral joint in abduction. Clin<br />

Orthop 1978; 135:165<br />

8. Poppen NK, Walker PS: Normal and abnormal motion of the shoulder. J Bone<br />

Joint Surg 1976; 58A:195<br />

9. An KN, Takahashi K, Hanigan TP, Chao YS: Determining of muscle orientation<br />

and movement arms. J Biomech Eng 106:280-286, 1984<br />

10. Morrey BF, An KN: Biomechanics of the shoulder. In: Rockwood CA, Matsen FA<br />

(eds): The Shoulder. W.B. Saunders, Philadelphia, 1990, pp 208-245<br />

11. Wilk KE: The Shoulder. In Malone TR, McPoil T, Nitz AJ (eds): Orthopaedic and<br />

<strong>Sports</strong> Physical Therapy (3rd Ed) Moshy Pub, St. Louis, 1997 pp 401-458<br />

12. Timmerman LA, Andrews JR, Wilk KE: Mini-open repair of the rotator cuff. In<br />

Andrews JR, Wilk KE (eds): The Athlete’s Shoulder. Churchill Livingstone, New<br />

York 1994<br />

13. Neer CS II, McCann PD, MacFarlane EA, et al: Earlier passive motion following<br />

shoulder arthroplasty and rotator cuff repair: A prospective study. Orthop Trans<br />

1987; 11:231


14. Matsen FA, Arntz CT: Rotator cuff tendon failure. In Rockwood CA, Matsen FA<br />

(eds): The Shoulder. Philadelphia, 1990, W.B. Saunders<br />

15. Neer CS II, Craig EV, Fukuda H: Rotator cuff arthropathy. J Bone Joint Surg 65A:<br />

1232-1238, 1983<br />

16. Neer CS II: Impingement lesions. Clin Orthop 1983; 173:70-77<br />

17. Biglianni LU, Kimmel J, McCann PD, Wolf I: Repair of the rotator cuff in tennis<br />

players. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med 20:112-118, 1992<br />

18. Altchek DW, Schwartz E, Warren RF, et al: Radiologic measurement of superior<br />

migration of the humeral head in impingement syndrome. Presented at the Sixth<br />

Open Meeting of the American Shoulder and elbow Surgeons, New Orleans, Feb<br />

11, 1990<br />

19. Neer CS II: Shoulder Reconstruction. Philadelphia, WB Saunders, 1990, pp 495-<br />

533<br />

20. Hawkins RJ, Misamore GW, Hobeika PE: Surgery for full-thickness rotator cuff<br />

tears. J Bone Joint Surg 1985; 67A:1349-1355<br />

21. Hawkins RJ: Surgical management of rotator cuff tears, in Bateman JE, Welsh<br />

RP (eds): Surgery of the Shoulder. Philadelphia, BC Decker, 1984, pp 161-164<br />

22. Flatow EL, Soslowsky LJ, Ticker JB, et al: Excision of the rotator cuff under the<br />

acromion. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med 22:779-786, 1994<br />

23. Harryman DT, Mack LA, Wang KY et al: Repairs of the rotator cuff: correlation of<br />

functional results with the integrity of the cuff. J Bone Joint Surg 73A: 982-987,<br />

1991<br />

24. Burkhardt SS: Arthroscopic treatment of massive rotator cuff tears. Clin Orthop<br />

267:45-55, 1991<br />

25. Rockwood CA, Burkhead WZ: Management of patients with massive rotator cuff<br />

defects by acromioplasty and rotator cuff debridement. Orthop Trans 1988;<br />

12:190-191<br />

26. Baker CL, Liu SH: Comparison of open and arthroscopic assisted rotator cuff<br />

repairs. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med 23(1):99-104, 1995<br />

27. Biglianni LU, Kimmel J, McCann PD, et al: Repair of rotator cuff tears in tennis<br />

players. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med 20:112-116, 1992


28. Constant CR, Murley AH: A clinical method of functional assessment of the<br />

shoulder. Clin Orthop 214:160-164, 1987<br />

29. Dockery ML, Wright LT, Lastayo PC: EMG of the shoulder: An analysis of<br />

passive modes of exercises. Orthopaedics 21:1181-1184, 1998<br />

30. Gartsman GM, Hammerman SM: Arthroscopic repair of full thickness rotator cuff<br />

tears. J Bone Joint Surg 80A:832-840, 1998<br />

31. Hawkins RJ, Misamore GW, Hobreka PE: Surgery for full thickness rotator cuff<br />

tears. J Bone Joint Surg 67A:1349-1355, 1985<br />

32. Paulos LE Korg MH: Arthroscopically enhanced mini-approach to rotator cuff<br />

repair. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med 22:19-25, 1994<br />

33. Rockwood CA, Williams GR, Burkhead WZ: Debridement of degenerative,<br />

irreparable lesions of the rotator cuff. J Bone Joint Surg 77A:857-866, 1995<br />

34. Williams GR, Rockwood CA, Biglianni LU, Iannotti JP et al: Rotator cuff tears:<br />

why do we repair them? J Bone Joint Surg 86(12):2764-2776, 2004.<br />

35. Rokito AS, Zuckerman JD, Gallagher MA, et al: Strength after surgical repair of<br />

the rotator cuff. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 5:12-16, 1996<br />

36. Richards RR, Biglianni LU, Friedman RJ, et al: A standardized method for the<br />

assessment of shoulder function. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 3:347-352, 1994<br />

37. Speer KP, Warren RF, Horvitz L: The efficacy of cryotherapy in the postoperative<br />

surgery. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 5:62-68, 1996<br />

38. Wilk KE, Crockett HC, Andrews JR: <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation after rotator cuff surgery.<br />

Techn Shoulder and Elb Surgery 1(62):128-144, 2000<br />

39. Apreleva M, Ozbaydar M, Fitzgibbons PG, et al: Rotator cuff tears: The effect of<br />

the reconstruction method on three-dimensional repair site area. Arthroscopy<br />

18:519-526, 2002<br />

40. Burkhart SS: Arthroscopic repair of massive rotator cuff tears: Concept of margin<br />

convergence. Techn Shoulder Elbow Surg 1:232-239, 2000<br />

41. Burkhart SS: Partial repair of massive rotator cuff tears: The evolution of a<br />

concept. Orthop Clin North Am 28:125-132, 1997


42. Gartsman GM: Massive, irreparable tears of the rotator cuff. Results of operative<br />

debridement and subacromial decompression. J Bone Joint Surg 79A:715-721,<br />

1997<br />

43. Gartsman GM, Khan M, Hammerman SM: Arthroscopic repair of full-thickness<br />

tears of the rotator cuff. J Bone Joint Surg 80A:832-840, 1998<br />

44. Matsen FA, Arntz CT, Lippitt SB: Rotator cuff, in Rockwood CA Jr., Matsen FA III<br />

(eds): The Shoulder. Second edition. Philadelphia, WB Saunders, 1998, pp. 755-<br />

839<br />

45. Wilson F, Hinov V, Adams G: Arthroscopic repair of full-thickness tears of the<br />

rotator cuff: 2- to 14 year follow-up. Arthroscopy 18:136-144, 2002<br />

46. Waltrip RL, Zheng N, Dugas JR, Andrews JR: Rotator cuff repair. A<br />

biomechanical comparison of three techniques. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med 31(4):493-497,<br />

2003<br />

47. Apreleva M, Ozbayder M, Fitzgibbons PG: Rotator cuff tears. The effects of the<br />

reconstruction method on three dimensional repair site area. Arthroscopy<br />

18:519-526, 2002<br />

48. Burkhardt SS, Johnson TC, Wirth MA: Cyclic loading of transosseous rotator cuff<br />

repairs: Tensile overload as a possible cause of failure. Arthroscopy 13:172-176,<br />

1997<br />

49. Jost B, Pifirrmann CWA, Gerber C: Clinical outcome after structural failure of<br />

rotator cuff repairs. J Bone Joint Surg 82A:304-314, 2000<br />

50. Gerger C, Schneeberger AG, Perren SM: Experimental rotator cuff repairs. J<br />

Bone Joint Surg 81A:1281-1290, 1999<br />

51. Biglianni LU, Cordasco FA, McIlveen SJ: Operative treatment of failed repairs of<br />

the rotator cuff. J Bone Joint Surg 74A:1505-1515, 1992<br />

52. Fealy S, Adler RS, Drakos MC, et al: Patterns of vascular & anatomical response<br />

after rotator cuff repair. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med 34 (1): 120-127, 2006.<br />

53. Burkhart SS: Fluroscopic comparison of kinematic patterns in massive rotator<br />

cuff tears: A suspension bridge model. Clin Orthop 284: 144-152, 1992.<br />

54. Blevins FT, Hayes WM, Warren RF: Rotator cuff injury in contact athletes. Am J<br />

<strong>Sports</strong> Med 24(3): 263-267, 1996.


Treatment of Stiff Shoulder<br />

James Irrgang, PT, PhD, ATC, FAPTA USA


<strong>ISAKOS</strong> <strong>Sports</strong> <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation <strong>Course</strong>:<br />

Global Perspectives for the Physical Therapist & Athletic Trainer<br />

Toronto, CAN<br />

May 12-14, 2013<br />

Scapular Dysfunction<br />

George J. Davies, DPT,MEd,PT,SCS,ATC,CSCS,PES,FAPTA<br />

Professor, Armstrong Atlantic State University, Savannah, GA.<br />

Coastal Therapy, Savannah, GA. & Gundersen Lutheran <strong>Sports</strong> Medicine, LaCrosse, WI.<br />

I. Introduction<br />

II. Scapulo-Thoracic Kinematics<br />

III. Scapulo-Thoracic Dyskinesis (Pathomechanics)<br />

IV. Classification of scapular dysfunction:<br />

Kibler Type I (Inferior Angle Pattern)<br />

Kibler Type II (Medial Border Pattern)<br />

Kibler Type III (Superior Border Pattern)<br />

Kibler Type IV (Symmetrical Scapulohumeral Pattern)<br />

V. Scapulo-Thoracic Dyskinesis (Pathomechanics)-Proximal causative factors<br />

VI. Scapulo-Thoracic Dyskinesis (Pathomechanics)-Distal causative factors<br />

VII. Examination of Scapulo-Thoracic Joint<br />

VIII. Examination Techniques<br />

A. Scapular Assistance Test<br />

B. Scapular Retraction Test<br />

C. Others<br />

IX. How do we measure the scapular kinematics?<br />

a. Modified Lateral Scapular Slide test<br />

X. How do we measure the scapular muscle function?<br />

a. MMT<br />

b. Hand Held Dynamometry<br />

1. Rank order of muscle groups (UT, SA, MT, R, LT)<br />

2. Unilateral ratio of muscles<br />

Unilateral Ratios:<br />

• Elevation/depression (UT/LT): 2.62<br />

• Protraction/retraction (SA/R): 1.45<br />

• UR/DR (SA/MT):<br />

• 1.23<br />

c. Isokinetic Testing<br />

XI. Examination Techniques – Others<br />

XII. Treatments<br />

XIII. Posture/Spine/LE<br />

XIV. Flexibility<br />

XV. <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation of the entire kinematic chain<br />

XVI. Others<br />

XVII. Reductionist approach to rehabilitation of the scapula


XVIII. Moseley-Jobe Scapulo-thoracic exercises<br />

XIX. <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation of the entire shoulder complex<br />

XX. TAS<br />

XXI. Neuromuscular Dynamic Stability Exercises<br />

XXI. Neuromuscular Dynamic Stability Exercises-Open Kinetic Chain Exercises<br />

XXI. Neuromuscular Dynamic Stability Exercises-Closed Kinetic Chain Exercises<br />

XXII. Functional Exercises<br />

IX. References:<br />

• Scapular Dyskinesis: 56 references<br />

Scapular dysfunction: 607 references<br />

Currrent concepts in scapular dyskinesis: 3<br />

Scapulo-thoracic treatment: 31<br />

Scapulo-thoracic rehabilitation: 24<br />

• Amasay T, Karduna AR. Scapular kinematics in constrained and functional upper extremity<br />

movements. J Orthop <strong>Sports</strong> Phys Ther. 2009 Aug;39(8):618-27<br />

• Andersen CH, Zebis MK, Saervoll C, Sundstrup E, Jakobsen MD, Sjøgaard G, Andersen LL.<br />

Scapular muscle activity from selected strengthening exercises performed at low and high<br />

intensities. J Strength Cond Res. 2012 Sep;26(9):2408-16<br />

• Başkurt Z, Başkurt F, Gelecek N, Özkan MH. The effectiveness of scapular stabilization exercise in<br />

the patients with subacromial impingement syndrome. J Back Musculoskelet <strong>Rehab</strong>il.<br />

2011;24(3):173-9<br />

• Burkhart SS, Morgan CD, Kibler WB. The disabled throwing shoulder: spectrum of pathology Part<br />

III: The SICK scapula, scapular dyskinesis, the kinetic chain, and rehabilitation. Arthroscopy.<br />

2003 Jul-Aug;19(6):641-61<br />

• Burkhart SS, Morgan CD, Kibler WB. The disabled throwing shoulder: spectrum of pathology Part<br />

I: pathoanatomy and biomechanics. Arthroscopy. 2003 Apr;19(4):404-20<br />

• Cools AM, Dewitte V, Lanszweert F, Notebaert D, Roets A, Soetens B, Cagnie B, Witvrouw EE.<br />

<strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation of scapular muscle balance: which exercises to prescribe? Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med. 2007<br />

Oct;35(10):1744-51<br />

• Cools AM, Geerooms E, Van den Berghe DF, Cambier DC, Witvrouw EE. Isokinetic scapular<br />

muscle performance in young elite gymnasts. J Athl Train. 2007 Oct-Dec;42(4):458-63<br />

• Cools AM, Witvrouw EE, De Clercq GA, Danneels LA, Willems TM, Cambier DC, Voight ML.<br />

Scapular muscle recruitment pattern: electromyographic response of the trapezius muscle to<br />

sudden shoulder movement before and after a fatiguing exercise. J Orthop <strong>Sports</strong> Phys Ther.<br />

2002 May;32(5):221-9<br />

• Davies GJ, Dickoff-Hoffman S. Neuromuscular testing and rehabilitation of the shoulder complex.<br />

J Orthop <strong>Sports</strong> Phys Ther. 1993 Aug;18(2):449-58<br />

• Davies GJ, Ellenbecker TS, Bridell D. Upper extremity plyometrics as a key to functional shoulder<br />

rehabilitation and performance enhancement. Biomechanics. 2002;9:18-28<br />

• Davies GJ, Gould J, Larson R. Functional examination of the shoulder girdle. Phys <strong>Sports</strong>med.<br />

1981;9(6):82-104<br />

• Davies GJ, Heiderscheidt BC, Schulte R, Manske R, Neitzel J. The scientific and clinical rationale<br />

for the integrated approach to open and closed kinetic chain rehabilitation. Orthop Phys Ther Clin<br />

N Am. 2000;9:247-267<br />

• Davies GJ, Matheson JW. Shoulder plyometrics. <strong>Sports</strong> Med Arthrosc. 2001;9:1-18<br />

• Davies GJ. Open kinetic chain assessment and rehabilitation. Athl Ther Today. 1995;1(4):347-370<br />

• Davies GJ. The need for critical thinking in rehabilitation. J Sport <strong>Rehab</strong>il. 1995;4(1):1-22<br />

• De Mey K, Cagnie B, Danneels LA, Cools AM, Van de Velde A. Trapezius muscle timing during<br />

selected shoulder rehabilitation exercises. J Orthop <strong>Sports</strong> Phys Ther. 2009 Oct;39(10):743-52


• De Mey K, Danneels L, Cagnie B, Cools AM. Scapular muscle rehabilitation exercises in overhead<br />

athletes with impingement symptoms: effect of a 6-week training program on muscle recruitment<br />

and functional outcome. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med. 2012 Aug;40(8):1906-15<br />

• De Mey K, Danneels L, Cagnie B, Van den Bosch L, Flier J, Cools AM. Kinetic chain influences on<br />

upper and lower trapezius muscle activation during eight variations of a scapular retraction<br />

exercise in overhead athletes. J Sci Med Sport. 2013 Jan;16(1):65-70<br />

• De Mey K, Danneels LA, Cagnie B, Huyghe L, Seyns E, Cools AM. Conscious correction of scapular<br />

orientation in overhead athletes performing selected shoulder rehabilitation exercises: the effect<br />

on trapezius muscle activation measured by surface electromyography. J Orthop <strong>Sports</strong> Phys<br />

Ther. 2013 Jan;43(1):3-10<br />

• Decker MJ, Hintermeister RA, Faber KJ, Hawkins RJ. Serratus anterior muscle activity during<br />

selected rehabilitation exercises. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med. 1999 Nov-Dec;27(6):784-91<br />

• Durall C, Manske R, Davies GJ. Avoiding shoulder injury from resistance training. Strength Cond<br />

J. 2001;23:10-18<br />

• Ellenbecker TS, Bailie DS, Roetert EP, Davies GJ. Glenohumeral joint total rotation range of<br />

motion in elite tennis players and professional baseball pitchers. Med Sci <strong>Sports</strong> Exerc.<br />

2002;34:2052-2056<br />

• Ellenbecker TS, Cools A. <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation of shoulder impingement syndrome and rotator cuff<br />

injuries: an evidence-based review. Br J <strong>Sports</strong> Med. 2010 Apr;44(5):319-27<br />

• Ellenbecker TS, Davies GJ, et al. Concentric vs eccentric isokinetic strengthening of the rotator<br />

cuff-objective data vs functional test. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med. 1988;16(1):64-69<br />

• Ellenbecker TS, Davies GJ. The application of isokinetics in testing and rehabilitation of the<br />

shoulder complex. J Athl Train. 2000;35:338-350<br />

• Ellenbecker TS, Kibler WB, Bailie DS, Caplinger R, Davies GJ, Riemann BL. Reliability of scapular<br />

classification in examination of professional baseball players. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2012<br />

Jun;470(6):1540-4<br />

• Ellenbecker TS, Manske R, Davies GJ. Closed kinetic chain testing techniques of the upper<br />

extremities. Orthop Phys Ther Clin N Am. 2000;9:219-230<br />

• Forthomme B, Crielaard JM, Croisier JL. Scapular positioning in athlete's shoulder: particularities,<br />

clinical measurements and implications. <strong>Sports</strong> Med. 2008;38(5):369-86<br />

• Goldbeck T, Davies GJ. Test-retest reliability of a closed kinetic chain upper extremity stability<br />

test: a clinical field test. J Sport <strong>Rehab</strong>il. 2000;9:35-45<br />

• Ha SM, Kwon OY, Cynn HS, Lee WH, Park KN, Kim SH, Jung DY. Comparison of<br />

electromyographic activity of the lower trapezius and serratus anterior muscle in different armlifting<br />

scapular posterior tilt exercises. Phys Ther Sport. 2012 Nov;13(4):227-32<br />

• Hardwick DH, Beebe JA, McDonnell MK, Lang CE. A comparison of serratus anterior muscle<br />

activation during a wall slide exercise and other traditional exercises. J Orthop <strong>Sports</strong> Phys Ther.<br />

2006 Dec;36(12):903-10<br />

• Hatterman D, Kernozek TW, Palmer-McLean K, Davies GJ. Proprioception and its application to<br />

shoulder dysfunction. Critical reviews Phys <strong>Rehab</strong>il Med. 2003;15:47-64<br />

• Heiderscheit B, Palmer-McLean K, Davies GJ. The effects of isokinetic versus plyometric training<br />

of the shoulder internal rotators. J Orthop <strong>Sports</strong> Phys Ther. 1996;23(2):125-133<br />

• Hibberd EE, Oyama S, Spang JT, Prentice W, Myers JB. Effect of a 6-week strengthening program<br />

on shoulder and scapular-stabilizer strength and scapular kinematics in division I collegiate<br />

swimmers. J Sport <strong>Rehab</strong>il. 2012 Aug;21(3):253-65<br />

• Huang HY, Lin JJ, Guo YL, Wang WT, Chen YJ. EMG biofeedback effectiveness to alter muscle<br />

activity pattern and scapular kinematics in subjects with and without shoulder impingement. J<br />

Electromyogr Kinesiol. 2013 Feb;23(1):267-74<br />

• Hung CJ, Jan MH, Lin YF, Wang TQ, Lin JJ. Scapular kinematics and impairment features for<br />

classifying patients with subacromial impingement syndrome. Man Ther. 2010 Dec;15(6):547-51<br />

• Kibler WB, McMullen J. Scapular dyskinesis and its relation to shoulder pain. J Am Acad Orthop<br />

Surg. 2003 Mar-Apr;11(2):142-51


• Kibler WB, Sciascia A, Wilkes T. Scapular dyskinesis and its relation to shoulder injury. J Am Acad<br />

Orthop Surg. 2012 Jun;20(6):364-72<br />

• Kibler WB, Sciascia A. Current concepts: scapular dyskinesis. Br J <strong>Sports</strong> Med. 2010<br />

Apr;44(5):300-5<br />

• Kibler WB, Sciascia AD, Uhl TL, Tambay N, Cunningham T. Electromyographic analysis of specific<br />

exercises for scapular control in early phases of shoulder rehabilitation. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med. 2008<br />

Sep;36(9):1789-98<br />

• Kibler WB. The scapula in rotator cuff disease. Med Sport Sci. 2012;57:27-40<br />

• Koch J, Riemann BL, Davies GJ. Ground reaction force patterns in plyometric push ups. J<br />

Strength Cond Res., 2012<br />

• Lear LJ, Gross MT. An electromyographical analysis of the scapular stabilizing synergists during a<br />

push-up progression. J Orthop <strong>Sports</strong> Phys Ther. 1998 Sep;28(3):146-57<br />

• Lister JL, Del Rossi G, Ma F, Stoutenberg M, Adams JB, Tobkin S, Signorile JF. Scapular stabilizer<br />

activity during Bodyblade, cuff weights, and Thera-Band use. J Sport <strong>Rehab</strong>il. 2007 Feb;16(1):50-<br />

67<br />

• Ludewig PM, Hoff MS, Osowski EE, Meschke SA, Rundquist PJ. Relative balance of serratus<br />

anterior and upper trapezius muscle activity during push-up exercises. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med. 2004<br />

Mar;32(2):484-93<br />

• Maenhout A, Van Praet K, Pizzi L, Van Herzeele M, Cools A. Electromyographic analysis of knee<br />

push up plus variations: what is the influence of the kinetic chain on scapular muscle activity? Br<br />

J <strong>Sports</strong> Med. 2010 Nov;44(14):1010-5<br />

• Manske RC, Davies GJ. Postrehabilitation outcomes of muscle power (torque acceleration energy)<br />

in patients with selected shoulder conditions. J Sport <strong>Rehab</strong>il. 2003;12:181-198<br />

• McCabe RA, Orishimo KF, McHugh MP, Nicholas SJ. Surface electromygraphic analysis of the<br />

lower trapezius muscle during exercises performed below ninety degrees of shoulder elevation in<br />

healthy subjects. N Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Phys Ther. 2007 Feb;2(1):34-43<br />

• McClure P, Greenberg E, Kareha S. Evaluation and management of scapular dysfunction. <strong>Sports</strong><br />

Med Arthrosc. 2012 Mar;20(1):39-48<br />

• McClure P, Tate AR, Kareha S, Irwin D, Zlupko E. A clinical method for identifying scapular<br />

dyskinesis, part 1: reliability. J Athl Train. 2009 Mar-Apr;44(2):160-4<br />

• McQuade KJ, Dawson J, Smidt GL. Scapulothoracic muscle fatigue associated with alterations in<br />

scapulohumeral rhythm kinematics during maximum resistive shoulder elevation. J Orthop <strong>Sports</strong><br />

Phys Ther. 1998 Aug;28(2):74-80<br />

• Merolla G, De Santis E, Campi F, Paladini P, Porcellini G. Supraspinatus and infraspinatus<br />

weakness in overhead athletes with scapular dyskinesis: strength assessment before and after<br />

restoration of scapular musculature balance. Musculoskelet Surg. 2010 Dec;94(3):119-25<br />

• Merolla G, De Santis E, Sperling JW, Campi F, Paladini P, Porcellini G.Infraspinatus strength<br />

assessment before and after scapular muscles rehabilitation in professional volleyball players with<br />

scapular dyskinesis. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2010 Dec;19(8):1256-64<br />

• Moore LH, Tankovich MJ, Riemann BL, Davies GJ. Kinematic analysis of four plyometric push-up<br />

variations. Int J Exerc Sci. 2012;5(4):334-343<br />

• Moseley JB Jr, Jobe FW, Pink M, Perry J, Tibone J. EMG analysis of the scapular muscles during a<br />

shoulder rehabilitation program. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med. 1992 Mar-Apr;20(2):128-34<br />

• Muraki T, Aoki M, Izumi T, Fujii M, Hidaka E, Miyamoto S. Lengthening of the pectoralis minor<br />

muscle during passive shoulder motions and stretching techniques: a cadaveric biomechanical<br />

study. Phys Ther. 2009 Apr;89(4):333-41<br />

• Negrete RJ, Hanney WJ, Kolber MJ, Davies GJ, Ansley MK, McBride AB, Overstreet AL. Reliability,<br />

minimal detectable change and normative values for tests of upper extremity function and power.<br />

J Strength Cond Res. 2010;24:3318-3325<br />

• Negrete RJ, Hanney WJ, Kolber MJ, Davies GJ, Riemann BL. Can upper extremity functional tests<br />

predict the softball throw for distance: A predictive validity investigation. Int J <strong>Sports</strong> Phys Ther.<br />

2011;6(2):104-111


• Park JY, Hwang JT, Kim KM, Makkar D, Moon SG, Han KJ. How to assess scapular dyskinesis<br />

precisely: 3-dimensional wing computer tomography-a new diagnostic modality. J Shoulder Elbow<br />

Surg. 2013 Jan 24<br />

• Park SY, Yoo WG. Differential activation of parts of the serratus anterior muscle during push-up<br />

variations on stable and unstable bases of support. J Electromyogr Kinesiol. 2011 Oct;21(5):861-<br />

7<br />

• Riemann BL, Davies GJ, Ludwig L, Gardenhour H. Hand-held dynamometer testing of the internal<br />

and external rotator musculature based on selected positions to establish normative data and<br />

unilateral ratios. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2010;19:1175-1183<br />

• Riemann BL, Witt J, Davies GJ. Glenohumeral joint rotation range of motion in competitive<br />

swimmers. J <strong>Sports</strong> Sci. 2011:29(11):1191-1199<br />

• Schachter AK, McHugh MP, Tyler TF, Kreminic IJ, Orishimo KF, Johnson C, Ben-Avi S, Nicholas<br />

SJ. Electromyographic activity of selected scapular stabilizers during glenohumeral internal and<br />

external rotation contractions. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2010 Sep;19(6):884-90<br />

• Schexneider MA, Catlin PA, Davies GJ, Mattson PA. An isokinetic estimation of total arm strength.<br />

Isok and Ex Sci. 1991;1(3):117-121<br />

• Schulte RA, Davies GJ. Examination and management of shoulder pain in an adolescent pitcher.<br />

Phys Ther Case Reports. 2001;4:104-121<br />

• Schulte-Edelmann JA, Davies GJ, et.al. The effects of plyometric training of the posterior shoulder<br />

and elbow. Strength Cond J. 2005;19:129-134<br />

• Sciascia A, Kuschinsky N, Nitz AJ, Mair SD, Uhl TL. Electromyographical comparison of four<br />

common shoulder exercises in unstable and stable shoulders. <strong>Rehab</strong>il Res Pract. 2012 Aug 7<br />

• Scott MA. Regarding "Correlation of psychomotor findings and the outcome of a physical therapy<br />

program to treat scapular dyskinesis". J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2011 Dec;20(8):e23<br />

• Seitz AL, McClure PW, Finucane S, Ketchum JM, Walsworth MK, Boardman ND, Michener LA. The<br />

scapular assistance test results in changes in scapular position and subacromial space but not<br />

rotator cuff strength in subacromial impingement. J Orthop <strong>Sports</strong> Phys Ther. 2012<br />

May;42(5):400-12<br />

• Seitz AL, McClure PW, Lynch SS, Ketchum JM, Michener LA. Effects of scapular dyskinesis and<br />

scapular assistance test on subacromial space during static arm elevation. J Shoulder Elbow Surg.<br />

2012 May;21(5):631-40<br />

• Selkowitz DM, Chaney C, Stuckey SJ, Vlad G. The effects of scapular taping on the surface<br />

electromyographic signal amplitude of shoulder girdle muscles during upper extremity elevation<br />

in individuals with suspected shoulder impingement syndrome. J Orthop <strong>Sports</strong> Phys Ther. 2007<br />

Nov;37(11):694-702<br />

• Silva RT, Hartmann LG, Laurino CF, Biló JP. Clinical and ultrasonographic correlation between<br />

scapular dyskinesia and subacromial space measurement among junior elite tennis players. Br J<br />

<strong>Sports</strong> Med. 2010 May;44(6):407-10<br />

• Smith J, Dahm DL, Kaufman KR, Boon AJ, Laskowski ER, Kotajarvi BR, Jacofsky DJ.<br />

Electromyographic activity in the immobilized shoulder girdle musculature during scapulothoracic<br />

exercises. Arch Phys Med <strong>Rehab</strong>il. 2006 Jul;87(7):923-7<br />

• Tate AR, McClure P, Kareha S, Irwin D, Barbe MF. A clinical method for identifying scapular<br />

dyskinesis, part 2: validity. J Athl Train. 2009 Mar-Apr;44(2):165-73<br />

• Thigpen CA, Padua DA, Morgan N, Kreps C, Karas SG. Scapular kinematics during supraspinatus<br />

rehabilitation exercise: a comparison of full-can versus empty-can techniques. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med.<br />

2006 Apr;34(4):644-52<br />

• Townsend H, Jobe FW, Pink M, Perry J. Electromyographic analysis of the glenohumeral muscles<br />

during a baseball rehabilitation program. Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Med. 1991 May-Jun;19(3):264-72<br />

• Tucker WS, Bruenger AJ, Doster CM, Hoffmeyer DR. Scapular muscle activity in overhead and<br />

nonoverhead athletes during closed chain exercises. Clin J Sport Med. 2011 Sep;21(5):405-10<br />

• Tucker WS, Campbell BM, Swartz EE, Armstrong CW. Electromyography of 3 scapular muscles: a<br />

comparative analysis of the cuff link device and a standard push-up. J Athl Train. 2008 Sep-<br />

Oct;43(5):464-9


• Turner N, Ferguson K, Wetherington B, Riemann BL, Davies GJ: Establishing unilateral ratios of<br />

scapulothoracic musculature using hand held dynamometry. J Sport <strong>Rehab</strong>il. 2009;18:502-520<br />

• Uhl TL, Kibler WB, Gecewich B, Tripp BL. Evaluation of clinical assessment methods for scapular<br />

dyskinesis. Arthroscopy. 2009 Nov;25(11):1240-8<br />

• Wang CH, McClure P, Pratt NE, Nobilini R. Stretching and strengthening exercises: their effect on<br />

three-dimensional scapular kinematics. Arch Phys Med <strong>Rehab</strong>il. 1999 Aug;80(8):923-9<br />

• Werner CM, Ruckstuhl T, Zingg P, Lindenmeyer B, Klammer G, Gerber C. Correlation of<br />

psychomotor findings and the outcome of a physical therapy program to treat scapular<br />

dyskinesis. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2011 Jan;20(1):69-72<br />

• Williams D, Rousch JR, Davies GJ, et.al. Alternative methods for measuring scapular muscles<br />

protraction and retraction maximal isometric forces. N Am J <strong>Sports</strong> Phys Ther. 2009;4:200-209<br />

• Wright AA, Wassinger CA, Frank M, Michener LA, Hegedus EJ. Diagnostic accuracy of scapular<br />

physical examination tests for shoulder disorders: a systematic review. Br J <strong>Sports</strong> Med. 2012 Oct<br />

18


9 th Biennial <strong>ISAKOS</strong> Congress<br />

May 14, 2001: 14:30-14:45<br />

Toronto, Ontario, Canada<br />

<strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation Following SLAP Surgery in<br />

the Overhead Athlete<br />

Kevin E. Wilk, DPT, PT<br />

Champion <strong>Sports</strong> Medicine<br />

Physiotherapy Associates<br />

Birmingham, AL<br />

I. INTRODUCTION<br />

A. Glenoid Labrum Lesions<br />

1. Common injury seen clinically<br />

2. May occur in isolation or concomitantly<br />

3. SLAP lesions<br />

4. SLAP first described by James Andrews, MD<br />

Andrews & Carson: AJSM ‘85<br />

5. Superior labrum lesion anterior posterior<br />

Snyder: Arthroscopy ’90<br />

Maffet et al: AJSM ‘95<br />

Powell et al: Op Tech Spts Med ‘04<br />

Tokish et al: JBJS ‘09<br />

6. SLAP lesions in throwers are common<br />

a. Some have established 70-90% occurrence<br />

Miniaci et al: AJSM ’02 (79%)<br />

Connor et al: AJSM ‘03<br />

Wilk et al: (Unpub) ’00 (90%)<br />

b. Injury or Adaptation<br />

c. Isolated lesion or Concomitant lesion<br />

1. rotator cuff lesions<br />

2. humeral head changes – cystic changes<br />

3. is the SLAP lesion the cause of the athlete’s pain<br />

7. SLAP lesions in the general population<br />

a. 84% exhibited degenerative changes of their labrum<br />

b. 50% exhibited a labrum detachment<br />

Kohn et al: Arthroscopy ‘87<br />

8. SLAP repair surgeries reported in the literature


a. SLAP repair surgery from 1.1% to 26% in Orthopaedist<br />

Practice<br />

Snyder et al: JSES ‘95<br />

Weber: Spts Med Arthroscopy ‘10<br />

Kim et al: JBJS ‘03<br />

Weber: AOSSM ‘10<br />

9. SLAP lesions are often difficult to diagnosis<br />

a. Often subtle symptoms<br />

1) Clicking, popping, grinding, pain<br />

2) Sometimes apprehensive ROM<br />

3) Internal Impingement complaints<br />

4) Symptoms from SLAP or Cuff<br />

b. Can be a cause of functional limitation<br />

c. Numerous special tests for SLAP<br />

Some tests are better for overhead throwers than<br />

for non-overhead athletes<br />

Wilk et al: JOSPT ‘05<br />

Myers et al: AJSM ‘05<br />

II.<br />

MECHANISMS OF INJURIES<br />

A. Macrotraumatic Forces<br />

1. Fall onto outstretched arm<br />

2. Traction force applied while lifting<br />

3. Pushing heavy object<br />

4. Weight lifting activities<br />

5. Blow to shoulder<br />

B. Repetitive Microtraumatic Forces<br />

1. Commonly seen in overhead athletes<br />

a. Throwers, swimmers, tennis players, divers, etc.<br />

Andrews et al: Orthop Trans ’84<br />

Reported 83% of throwers undergoing arthroscopy exhibited<br />

SLAP lesion<br />

b. Thrower’s undergoing thermal capsular shrinkage<br />

Wilk, Reinold, Andrews: JOSPT ’02<br />

91%of patients exhibited labral pathology present


c. MRI exam on asymptomatic pitchers<br />

79% Miniaci et al: AJSM ‘02<br />

90% Wilk: Unpublished ‘00<br />

d. “Peel back” Lesion<br />

Due to excessive shoulder ER<br />

Burkhart et al: Arthroscopy ‘98<br />

Shepard et al: AJSM ‘04<br />

III.<br />

CLASSIFICATION OF SLAP LESIONS<br />

A. Original Classification System<br />

Snyder et al: Orthopaedics ’90<br />

Type I:<br />

Type II:<br />

Type III:<br />

Type IV:<br />

Superior Labrum Frayed<br />

Superior Labrum Frayed/Detached<br />

Bucket handle Tear, Displaced<br />

Bucket Handle Tear/Biceps Involvement<br />

B. Additional SLAP Lesion Classification<br />

Burkhart & Morgan: Arthroscopy ’98<br />

Type II Subclass “Peel Back Lesion”<br />

IIA: Anterior type II<br />

IIB: Posterior type II<br />

IIC: Combined anterior-posterior lesion type II<br />

Maffet, Gartsman: AJSM ’98<br />

38% of patients with labrum lesion did not fit into Snyder classification<br />

Type V: An anterior-inferior Bankart lesion continuous superiorly to<br />

include separation of the biceps tendon<br />

Type VI: An unstable flap tear of labrum and biceps tendon separation<br />

Type VII: Superior labrum-biceps tendon separation extends anteriorly<br />

beneath MGH ligament<br />

Powell et al: Op Tech <strong>Sports</strong> Med ‘04<br />

Type VIII: SLAP extending posterior to the 6 o’clock position


Type IX: pan-labral lesion, entire circumference of glenoid<br />

Type X: SLAP with reverse Bankart lesion<br />

IV.<br />

TREATMENT GUIDELINES<br />

A. Specific Surgical Approach<br />

1. Type I: Arthroscopic debridement to intact labrum, preserve biceps<br />

attachment<br />

2. Type II: Arthroscopic debridement and re-attachment of labrum to<br />

glenoid (ensure stability)<br />

a. Type IIB: Stabilize labrum and capsule<br />

3. Type III: Excision of bucket handle tear, maintain stability of labrum<br />

to glenoid<br />

4. Type IV: Excision of bucket handle tear, biceps tenodesis of greater<br />

than 50% (age), biceps tenotomy ,<br />

5. Type V: Bankart repair with SLAP repair – biceps tendon pathology<br />

treatment is dependant<br />

6. Type VI: Debridement of flap tear and repair Type II SLAP<br />

7. Type VII: Repair capsular tear and repair Type II SLAP<br />

8. Type VIII: Repair posterior labral tear and SLAP repair<br />

9. Type IX: Repair entire SLAP tear – maybe 360 deg repair<br />

10. Type X: Posterior Bankart Repair with SLAP Type II repair<br />

B. <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation Guidelines<br />

Wilk, et al : JOSPT ‘05<br />

1. Postoperative rehabilitation program must match the surgical<br />

procedure<br />

a. Based on type of SLAP<br />

b. Concomitant lesions – rotator cuff lesions<br />

c. Based on severity of lesion<br />

d. Concomitant procedures (stabilization, acromionplasty)<br />

e. Consider patient’s age<br />

f. Emphasize dynamic stabilization<br />

g. Maintain static stability<br />

h. Minimize biceps activity (esp. Types II & IV)<br />

i. Repetitive overhead athletes – think dynamic stability<br />

C. Specific <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation Guidelines


1. SLAP Type I & III: Post-Op <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation Program<br />

SLAP Debridement – Post-Op <strong>Rehab</strong><br />

Arthroscopic Debridement Program:<br />

a. Immediate ROM exercises, POM, AAOM<br />

b. Full PROM by 2 weeks<br />

c. Active ROM week 2<br />

d. Isotonics at 2 weeks<br />

e. Thrower’s Ten Program at week 3-4<br />

f. Emphasis on dynamic stabilization<br />

g. Advanced strengthening program at weeks 4-6<br />

Advanced Thrower’s Ten Program<br />

h. Return to sports (criteria-based)<br />

Rate of Progression Based on Rotator Cuff Involvement<br />

2. SLAP Type II: Post-Op <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation Program:<br />

a. Sleep in immobilizer for 3-4 weeks<br />

b. No motion above 90 o for 4 weeks<br />

c. Full ROM at week 8<br />

d. No isolated biceps for 6-8 weeks<br />

e. Isotonics at weeks 4-6<br />

f. Advanced strengthening at weeks 10-12<br />

g. Interval throwing week 14-16<br />

3. Type IV: Arthroscopic SLAP Lesion Repair Program<br />

a. Same protocol as for Type II<br />

b. Depends on what id done on biceps<br />

1. Biceps tenodesis: Biceps precautions for 12 weeks<br />

2. Biceps tenotomy: rest biceps initial then full activity<br />

D. <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation Following Type II SLAP Repair in Throwers<br />

1. Precautions:<br />

a. control forces & loads on repaired labrum<br />

b. no excessive ER & IR for 8-12 weeks<br />

c. no weight bearing forces for 10-12 weeks<br />

d. no isolated biceps for 8 weeks<br />

e. no heavy lifting (overhead, bench press, push-ups) 12wks<br />

f. no throwing for 4 months<br />

2. Protection:<br />

a. abduction pillow sling for 4 weeks


. immobilization while sleeping for 4 weeks<br />

c. no excessive elevation for 4-6 weeks<br />

d. no excessive ER or IR for 12 weeks<br />

Protection is based on Severity of Lesion (Size)<br />

3. Range of Motion Progression:<br />

a. immediate restricted PROM<br />

b. flexion to 90 degrees fro 4 weeks<br />

c. ER/IR at 30-45 deg abduction for 4 weeks<br />

d. ER/IR at 90 deg begin at week 4<br />

e. Gradually increase ER/IR PROM till 8 weeks<br />

f. Progress ER beyond 90 deg at 8-12 weeks<br />

Gradually Increase PROM<br />

4. Muscular Strengthening Exercises:<br />

a. Immediate submax isotonic muscle training<br />

b. Immediate dynamic stabilization drills (RS)<br />

c. Active ROM- week 3<br />

d. Thrower’s ten program – week 4<br />

e. Advanced Thrower’s Ten Program – week 12<br />

f. Plyometrics:<br />

i. 2 hand plyos week 12<br />

ii. 1 hand plyos – week 14<br />

g. Lifting program – week 12-14<br />

h. Closed chain exercises – week 12<br />

5. Functional Progression:<br />

a. Throwing programs:<br />

b. Interval throwing program – Phase I – at 4 months<br />

c. Phase II Throwing – off mound – 5 ½ months<br />

E. SLAP repairs with concomitant procedures<br />

Voss et al: AJSM ‘07<br />

Coleman et al: AJSM ‘07<br />

Wilk et al: JOSPT ‘05<br />

a. SLAP repair with decompression –<br />

b. SLAP repair with cuff repair –<br />

c. SLAP repair with cuff debridement -<br />

d. SLAP repair with capsular stabilization Bankart –<br />

e. SLAP repair with thermal shrinkage –<br />

f. SLAP repair in degenerative shoulder –<br />

Beware of SLAP repairs with concomitant surgeries – stiffness<br />

Monitor Patient Closely & Adjust Appropriately


F. SLAP Repair with Anterior Bankart (Type V)<br />

1. Immediate motion – but controlled restricted motion<br />

2. Protection against excessive ER PROM & AROM<br />

3. Sling with pillow for 4 weeks<br />

4. Flexion to 90 degrees first 2 weeks then gradually increase flexion<br />

5. ER/IR at 45 deg abd first 3-4 weeks then initiate ER/IR at 90 deg of<br />

abduction – gradually increase PROM<br />

6. Full ROM at 8-10 weeks post-op<br />

7. Isometrics for first 2 weeks<br />

8. Isotonics week 3-4 (AROM first then 1 lb dumbbell)<br />

9. Weight lifting at 12 weeks<br />

10. Plyometrics at week 12-14<br />

11. Sport specifc training at week 16<br />

12. Return to sports: collision sports 6 months<br />

13. Return to sports:overhead sports 7-9 months<br />

G. SLAP Repair with Posterior Bankart (Type X)<br />

Slower rehabilitation program anterior bankart<br />

More precautions – esp IR, Horizontal adduction<br />

1. Immediate motion – but controlled restricted motion<br />

2. Protection against excessive IR &/or Hz Add PROM & AROM<br />

3. Sling with pillow – arm in ER for 6 weeks<br />

4. Flexion to 90 degrees first 2 weeks then gradually increase flexion<br />

5. ER at 45 deg abd first 3-4 weeks then initiate ER at 90 deg of<br />

abduction – gradually increase PROM<br />

6. No IR PROM for 4-6 weeks (depends)<br />

7. Full ROM at 10-12 weeks post-op<br />

8. Isometrics for first 2 weeks<br />

9. Isotonics week 3-4 (AROM first then 1 lb dumbbell)<br />

10. Weight lifting at 14-16 weeks (no bench for 4 mos)<br />

11. Plyometrics at week 16<br />

12. Sport specifc training at week 20-22<br />

13. Return to sports: collision sports 9 months<br />

14. Return to sports: overhead sports 9 months<br />

H. <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation a Type IX Repair<br />

1. Difficult rehabilitation program<br />

2. Slow rehab but immediate motion<br />

3. <strong>Rehab</strong> program dependent on type of patient<br />

Overhead Athlete -------------------- Non Overhead Athlete<br />

4. Needs to be individualized<br />

5. Let’s talk specifics<br />

V. SUMMARY & KEY POINTS


A. Recognition of Labral Lesions (SLAP) Is often difficult<br />

1. Monitor patients, subjective complaints, pathomechanics<br />

B. <strong>Rehab</strong>ilitation Must Match the Type of Lesion<br />

1. Type I through Type IV<br />

2. Severity of Lesion (How many anchors)<br />

3. Concomitant procedures<br />

C. Emphasize Dynamic Stability!<br />

1. Throwers did well initially but at 2 years 70% had recurrent of<br />

symptoms with debridement<br />

Altchek et al: Orthop Trans ’90<br />

D. Minimize Biceps Brachii Activity in Types II and IV<br />

1. Especially with biceps tenodesis<br />

E. Closely monitor patient’s signs and symptoms<br />

KEW:3/13 attachments: Type II SLAP Repair <strong>Rehab</strong>


Session XII<br />

<strong>Sports</strong><br />

Medicine


PT Management of Concussion<br />

CANADA


The Future of Joint Healing<br />

Constance Chu, MD USA

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!